Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Nanoco Group plc

Nanoco Group plc

nano · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker nano
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Nanoco Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
possibilities

Annual Report 
and Accounts 2022

Infinite possibilities

Our platform technology can be customised for 
almost any application, from sensing to display, and 
from horticultural lighting to medical applications.

That’s what we mean by infinite possibilities.

Strong foundations in our technology platform

Nanoco is a market leader in the research, development, licensing 
and large scale manufacture of novel nanomaterials for use 
in various commercial applications.

Platform technology

IP portfolio

Volume production

Experienced team

We can design and 
create nanomaterials 
for a host of different 
applications

Our IP portfolio protects our 
unique production process 
and materials, with significant 
process know-how

Our unique production 
process allows 
controllable manufacture 
on a large scale

Our R&D team has 
many years of specialist 
experience creating novel 
nanomaterials

 more on p5

 more on p18

 more on p20

 more on p34

B

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportStrategic report

Our year in brief

2022 was successful year with a number of significant achievements

  Signed major contract extension to deliver 
final product validation of two materials for 
sensing applications.

  Delivered all technical milestones for our important 
European electronics and Asian chemical customers.

  Continued expansion of our range of materials 

for use in infra-red sensing applications.

  Co-located R&D and scale up activities in Runcorn 

production facility with no loss of capability.

  All five patents and all 47 associated claims 
in the litigation with Samsung were upheld 
by the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (‘PTAB’).

  Jury trial in Texas expected in the short term.

  Equity issue raised net £5.4m, cash runway 

extended to CY25, beyond expected organic 
business cash breakeven point.

Revenue

Adjusted LBITDA

Billings

Cash

£2.5m
+18%

(£2.1m)
+26%

£2.7m
+55%

£6.8m
+77%

  Growth in revenue reflects 
incremental growth in 
income from key customers 
for services and materials

  Mix still concentrated 

on sensing income with 
modest display sales

  Operating leverage of 

revenue growth enhanced 
by further cost savings

  Opening order book for 
FY23 of £2.1 million, more 
than double the PY

  Annualised property savings 
delivering £0.7 million net 
from December 2022

  Organic cash runway 
extended to CY25 – 
excluding any potential 
litigation receipts

  Monthly gross cash burn 

trending below £0.4 million, 
before revenue and 
tax credits

  Cash runway extends 
beyond expected 
breakeven point

Nanoco at a glance 

002

Corporate governance statement 

001

Board of Directors 

For more on Nanoco, visit our new website: 
www.nanocotechnologies.com

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Nominations Committee report 

Audit Committee report 

Remuneration Committee report 

Directors’ remuneration report 

Directors’ report 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
in respect of the financial statements 083

040

042

052

055

061

064

080

Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Nanoco Group plc 

Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income 

084

089

Consolidated statement of changes 
in equity 

090

Company statement of changes 
in equity 

Group and Company statements 
of financial position 

Group and Company 
cash flow statements 

Notes to the financial statements 

Investor information 

090

091

092

093

120

Contents

Strategic report

Our year in brief 

About our nanomaterial 
platform technology 

Chairman’s statement 

005

006

Chief Executive Officer’s statement  009

Revenue streams  

Section 172(1) statement 

Our business model 

Our strategy 

Our key performance indicators 

Financial review 

Principal risks and uncertainties 

TCFD disclosure 2022  

Viability statement 

Sustainability 

014

016

018

020

022

024

027

030

032

034

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 001

Nanoco at a glance

We design, develop, scale up and manufacture 
novel nanomaterials for use in a wide range of 
potential applications

Our core competencies

World-class talent

Respected globally

  We custom design new 

nanomaterials to exploit 
emission, absorption and 
other properties

  Our IP protected processes 
allow high quality control 
of manufacturing on 
a large scale

  At 1 October 2022, 

36 employees, of whom 
9 are inventors

  International partnerships 
with global players from 
US to Europe to Asia

  14 staff with PhDs

  Co-located R&D, scale up 

  Our materials can be used 

  Significant amount of 

in a wide variety of 
commercial applications

know-how and business 
secrets

  Continuous expansion of 
our portfolio of materials

  7 nationalities of staff: 

American, British, German, 
Indian, Italian, Lithuanian 
and Portuguese

and twin production 
facilities in Runcorn, UK

  Customers operate in 

$multi-billion markets with 
wide range of applications

Why invest in Nanoco?

  Platform technology gives access 

to a wide range of large and rapidly 
growing end markets such as 
consumer electronics, Internet of 
Things, automotive, multiple display 
devices, specialist lighting and 
medical, to name but a few

Large and 
defensible IP 
portfolio

503

patents granted 
or pending

Market opportunity 
for QD materials

$17.5bn1

by 2022

Highly innovative 
employees

9

listed inventors

IP backed 
nanomaterial 
platform 
technology

Diverse channel 
partners

Continuing 
investment 
in R&D

£1.8m

invested in FY22

Significant 
manufacturing scale

£130m

revenue capacity 

1  Source – management estimate based on multiple independent market reports.

002

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportDual capabilities at our Runcorn manufacturing facility

  Based at Runcorn, UK, an area with extensive chemical industry expertise 

and associated supply chains

  Production footprint of 22,000ft2

  Facility for CFQD® quantum dots used in display, lighting and life sciences

  Separate facility for nanomaterials for use in infra-red sensing applications (IRQDs)

  Revenue capacity in excess of £130 million when fully loaded at current market prices

Large and growing  
addressable markets

  Three major industries served

  Two licensees

Internet 
of Things

Security 
and 
detection

  Two major development agreements

  A number of commercial research 
and development opportunities 
in progress or under discussion

Infra-red 
sensing

Sensing

$8.0bn1

addressable market 
c.2022

Autonomous 
vehicles

CFQD® 
film

Solar farm 
combinations

Nanomaterial 
technology 
platform

Lighting

$8.5bn1

addressable market 
c.2022

QD on 
microLED

Display

$1.0bn1

addressable market 
c.2022

Horticultural 
lighting

Electro-
luminescence

1  Source – management estimate based on multiple independent market reports.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 003

Infinite possibilities

What are nanomaterials and what is a quantum dot?
Nanomaterials are any material that has a dimension or structure measured at the 
nanoscale, typically 10,000 to 100,000 times narrower than human hair (1–100 nm). 
Nanomaterials have unique optical, electrical and mechanical properties often not 
accessible in the bulk material. This can enhance properties such as light absorption, 
emission, strength, reactivity and conductivity.

Quantum dots are a subclass of nanomaterials whose optical and electronic 
properties depend on their size, shape and composition.

1
0
n
m

5
n
m

2
n
m

What this all means…

The group’s platform technology means that we can design and 
manufacture a bespoke material for a customer’s requirements across 
a wide range of applications and industry sectors. For example, highly 
absorptive dots can be used in infra-red sensing or solar energy 
applications. Efficient emission dots can be used in high end displays 
to create fantastic colour clarity and a brilliant range of colours.

Nanoco’s CFQD® quantum dots are free of cadmium, a highly toxic 
heavy metal used by many competitors, delivering clear environmental 
benefits, including improving energy efficiency.

004

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report

About our nanomaterial platform technology

Our technology has a wide range 
of applications and we have the 
expertise and knowledge to exploit it

Absorb and emit light 
in precisely controlled 
wavelengths

Improved energy 
efficiency reduces 
power consumption 

Nanosecond lifetime 
enables increased 
modulation

Reduces production 
challenges, cost and 
complexity

Absorption and emission 
wavelength of quantum dots 
can be tuned to nanometre 
resolution, thereby improving 
efficiency and effectiveness.

Quantum dots’ nanometre 
precision and narrow width 
of absorption and emission 
improve efficiency and 
energy needs.

Emission lifetimes 1,000 times 
faster than conventional 
phosphors open up 
applications requiring high 
light modulation speeds.

Wide excitation absorbance 
band and flexibility in product 
form factors allow CFQD® 
quantum dots to be easily 
integrated into applications.

  Narrow focus sensing 

  Enhanced absorption 

materials for very specific 
laser wavelengths

efficiency allows use of 
lower power lasers

  Increases colour gamut 
of displays by allowing 
high specificity of LCD 
pixel emission

  Enables tuning of lighting 
fixtures to increase the 
range of visible colours 
illuminated underneath

  Enhances plant growth 
with improved tuning of 
horticultural lighting to 
target specific molecules 
in different plant species

  Less light lost to subpixel 

colour filters in high colour 
gamut displays

  No emission loss to 

non-visible near infra-red 
wavelengths in high 
colour rendering general 
lighting fixtures

  Lower loss of output 

gives the ability to reduce 
energy input

  Rapid response times 
in sensing applications

  Improved screen refresh 
rates on displays for 
gaming and virtual reality

  Opportunities to integrate 

LiFi into conventional 
light fittings for secure 
data connections

  Ink jet and spin coat 

processing allow for low 
cost manufacture of next 
generation sensing and 
µLED and OLED/QD 
hybrid devices

  Sheet form factor allows for 
simple drop-in integration 
to current electronics, 
eliminating retooling costs

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 005

Strategic report

Chairman’s statement

Steady delivery of critical, 
value enhancing milestones

Strategy and business activity

Business performance

This calendar year was always going 
to be a critical year for Nanoco. Our 
challenge was to deliver key value 
inflection milestones, in both the organic 
business and in the IP litigation against 
Samsung. By the end of the financial 
year we had successfully delivered in 
both areas. 

The significant contract extension with our 
important European electronics customer 
underpins final product validation in the 
sensor market. It also provides new 
material research service income in 
advance of potential commercial 
production orders. We aim to have 
validated our materials and to have 
visibility of commercial production from 
the customer around the end of H1 FY23. 

We have continued to build on our success 
in expanding our range of nanomaterials 
for use in sensing applications and to grow 
the number of active engagements with 
customers. This incremental approach to 
business development ensures that we 
balance the Company’s financial 
resources against the need to continue to 
expand our product and customer reach.

Commercial success with materials in 
production will be the ultimate test for the 
success or failure of the business in the 
medium to long term. In the background, 
a small subset of the Nanoco team has 
driven the Samsung litigation forward 
enabling the commercial team to focus 
fully on the organic business.

The organic business has enjoyed a 
number of notable successes during 
the year. A new one-year contract 
with our important European electronics 
customer creates a much more stable 
planning and operating environment 
for the Nanoco team. We expect to 
continue the expansion of our portfolio 
of materials and customers focused 
around infra-red sensing as we expand 
our IP in this area. We are also starting 
to see additional inbound enquiries for 
our display materials as markets take 
notice of our IP victories at PTAB.

The operations team completed a 
number of important change projects 
during the year, not least of which were 
the exits from the first and ground floors 
of our Manchester facility. We expect a 
number of operational benefits from 
having the whole team in one location 
as we look forward to visibility of our first 
commercial production orders around 
the end of H1 FY23. The operational 
benefits will be supplemented by just 
under £0.7 million of net annualised cash 
savings once the exits are complete 
towards the end of CY22.

The successful and significantly over-
subscribed fundraise of £5.4 million (net) 
in June 2022 creates a solid foundation 
for the business by extending our cash 
runway out to CY25. This is expected to 
be beyond the resolution of any PTAB 
appeals and also potentially beyond 
the point when we expect the organic 
business to become self-financing.

No dividend is proposed for the year 
(2021: none).

DR CHRISTOPHER RICHARDS
Chairman

Summary

  Major contract extension agreed 

with important European 
customer, underpinning scale-up 
and final production validation.

  Development agreement 

progressing with a major Asian 
chemical company that supplies 
global electronics markets.

  Continued expansion of our range 
of different materials, customer 
engagements, and applications 
for sensing materials.

  Growing expressions of interest 
in display materials following 
validation of Nanoco IP by PTAB 
and global RoHS developments.

  Confidence in the merits of our 

case against Samsung for the wilful 
infringement of the group’s IP in the 
USA further reinforced by PTAB 
decision to confirm validity of all of 
our patents; currently awaiting a 
firm trial date.

  Operations transferred 

successfully from Manchester 
to Runcorn delivering net £0.7 
million annualised savings from 
CY23.

  Over-subscribed equity issue of 
£5.4 million (net) secured cash 
runway to CY25 – beyond the 
point when the group expects to 
be self-financing in its organic 
operations.

006

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report“ Extending our 
cash runway 
beyond expected 
key litigation 
milestones 
and potential 
production order 
visibility in H1 FY23 
was an important 
step. Both the 
organic business 
and the litigation 
create potentially 
transformative 
changes in 
shareholder value 
in the short to 
medium term.”

Samsung litigation

It was extremely gratifying earlier in the 
year when the Patent Trial and Appeal 
Board (“PTAB”) emphatically rejected all 
of Samsung’s objections to the 47 claims 
in the five patents in the case. This is a 
clear vindication of the quality, strength 
and value of Nanoco’s IP portfolio, which 
is now attracting new commercial 
interest from other market participants.

At the time of writing, we are still awaiting 
a firm date for the Jury trial in Texas. It is 
important to emphasise that Samsung is 
likely to appeal any verdict that favours 
Nanoco in this trial. As a result, we do not 
expect a conclusion of the US litigation 
until the appeals process is exhausted, 
which could take some years. Samsung 
has already lodged notices that it 
intends to appeal all of the PTAB findings, 
a process which is expected to be 
resolved over the next twelve to eighteen 
months.

So, even if we are successful at trial there 
will still be much work to be done before 
this matter is finally settled. Our resolve 
remains strong to achieve fair value in 
this matter for all of our stakeholders, 
whether through negotiated settlement 
or final enforced judicial outcome.

We have also recently taken steps to 
defend our IP in Germany, a major market 
for Samsung. Other venues for litigation 
are also being evaluated. The costs of 
the legal process in Germany are lower 
than the US, the speed of resolution is 
faster, and, importantly, injunctions 
preventing the sale of infringing units are 
more commonly granted. Our third party 
funding partner continues to support all 
aspects of these lawsuits, including the 
appeals processes.

Finally, the Board continues to review 
options for litigation against other 
potentially infringing entities, including 
third parties who may be purchasing 
infringing display units from Samsung.

Governance and Board

This has been another busy year for the 
Board, with active engagement from all 
members. Close monitoring of the IP 
litigation, as well the operational aspects 
of the business, has kept Board members 
busy. We have also pursued continuous 
improvement in our governance 
processes.

Non-Executive Director salary deferrals 
remained in place throughout the year 
as the Board continued to show 
leadership on cash and cost control. 
Following the improved outlook for the 
organic business and the successful 
fundraise in June 2022, it was decided 
to cease the 35% deferral of NED 
salaries with effect from 1 July 2022.

During the year, we benefited from the 
services of Henry Turcan as a Non-Executive 
Director, representing our largest 
shareholder, Lombard Odier Asset 
Management (“LOAM”). His contribution 
and perspectives on the capital markets 
in particular were immediately valuable. 
After the year end, with the business 
on a much more secure financial and 
commercial footing, Henry stepped down 
from the Board and LOAM has chosen 
not to nominate a replacement NED 
at this time.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 007

Chairman’s statement continued

Employees and shareholders

Outlook

We continue to develop our product 
offering and to deliver technical 
milestones for our significant customers, 
as we move towards commercial 
production in the short term. This is a 
critical milestone in our aim to become 
a self-financing organic business with 
a broad range of diversified customers 
and products.

We expect that our confidence in the 
merits of our case against Samsung for 
infringement of our IP will be vindicated 
when the trial takes place in Texas in the 
near term. While undoubtedly there will be 
appeals and further delaying tactics 
deployed by Samsung, we will be able to 
manage those with full confidence and 
from a position of strength without ruling 
out our willingness to entertain a fair value 
early settlement proposal from Samsung.

Our focus remains to build a self-sustaining 
organic business as the best way to 
deliver enduring shareholder value. We 
will also work to protect and realise any 
value that is delivered by a trial verdict, 
and to ensure that it reflects not just the 
USA and the past, but the rest of the 
world and the future lives of our patents. 
Achieving both goals will deliver the 
Nanoco for which we have been striving 
for many years and a significant increase 
in value for all stakeholders.

Dr Christopher Richards
Chairman
28 October 2022

Our staff responded admirably to the 
welcome challenges of an increasing 
workload across all aspects of the 
business. We continue our efforts to 
provide staff with a supportive working 
environment and have made special 
provision during the relocation from 
Manchester to Runcorn. We are pleased 
that the vast majority of staff agreed to 
make the transition from Manchester to 
Runcorn. We have moved swiftly to 
ensure that the business is staffed 
appropriately in the run-up to potential 
commercial production orders in the 
near term.

Following a number of challenging years, 
we are pleased that we have been able 
to award a Company-wide pay rise for 
the first time since August 2019, whilst 
enhancing the overall Nanoco reward 
package to retain and motivate our high 
calibre team.

The Board is very grateful for the hard 
work of our staff, who have brought us to 
this exciting point in our evolution. 
Capturing the short-term opportunities 
we see in front of us will secure not just 
the Company’s future but also the 
futures of our dedicated Nanoco team, 
whilst becoming a significant success 
story for the north west of England.

I would also like to thank our 
shareholders for their continuing support. 
The successful fundraise emphasises the 
strength of backing from existing and 
new shareholders. We hope to repay 
that support with significant growth 
in shareholder value in the short term 
that then endures for the long term.

I look forward to engaging with as many 
shareholders as possible at our AGM 
to be held on 20 December 2022.

008

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportChief Executive Officer’s statement

Strong delivery of 
commercial, technical, 
operational and 
litigation milestones

ABOVE:
Laboratories at Nanoco.

Success with sensing materials allowed 
us to turn an opening order book of just 
under £1.0 million into a full year revenue 
figure almost two and a half times higher 
at £2.5 million, alongside delivering a 
closing order book double the opening 
position. This larger closing order book 
gives a robust underpin to revenue 
expectations for FY23.

As shown in the infographic on page 21, 
our offering of nanomaterials for use in 
sensing applications has moved from a 
single customer/single product in early 
2018 to a position today where we are 
engaged with seven customers and are 
working with twelve distinct materials/ 
wavelength combinations. The infographic 
also shows the advancing position of 
a number of materials as they move 
through the steps from development 
towards final validation – the last step 
before commercial production orders 
are placed. 

The mega-trends seen in electronics, 
automation, automotive and the Internet 
of Things more generally continue to be 
very favourable, supporting our strategy 
of adding our nanomaterials to silicon-
based sensors to significantly enhance 
their performance and overcome a 
number of current challenges faced 
by those devices.

Given the scale of these sectors and the 
other market participants, we will 
typically to be part of an extensive 
supply chain. This does mean that we are 
subject to events and decisions outside 
of our control – as happened with the US 
customer in 2019 – but it also means the 
potential is very high to deliver significant 
value if our materials make it into 
commercial production.

Given Samsung’s appeals in the IPRs 
and the expected appeal of any verdict 
favourable to Nanoco, the litigation is still 
very likely to have a long way to go. With 
a favourable outcome to the trial, we will 
be able to approach the next steps from 
a position of strength. We have 
presented further facts, background 
information and possible forward 
timelines on the lawsuit on pages 12 
and 13.

The year finished with a significantly 
over-subscribed equity issue and we 
took advantage of that appetite for 
investment by issuing the maximum 5% 
equity allowed under our AGM resolutions. 
Net proceeds of £5.4 million, combined 
with modest revenue growth in FY23 and 
a low volume use case for commercial 
production orders in H2 FY23, will fund 
the group beyond the point at which 
we expect the organic business to 
be self-financing. 

Business performance

Electronics

We continued our on-time delivery of 
all development milestones for our major 
European electronics customer. The new 
full year contract that runs until the end 
of April 2023 covers the scale up and 
final validation of two of our materials 
and also adds a third novel material 
set to our R&D efforts. While at a less 
advanced stage and at a smaller scale, 
promising progress continues to be 
made with our major Asian chemical 
company customer. That relationship 
has the potential to equal in scale the 
revenue generation we earn today from 
the European customer. Both the European 
and Asian customers participate in very 
large global markets wherein final customer 
adoption of QD sensing technology would 
lead to significant revenue for Nanoco. We 
also continued to seek out new customer 
relationships throughout the year with 
encouraging initial progress.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 009

BRIAN TENNER
Chief Executive Officer

T his year has been all about 

delivery. We have delivered 
or exceeded almost all of the 
targets we set at the start of 

the year. We outperformed our revenue 
target for the year while doubling the size 
of our opening order book for the coming 
FY23. We delivered all of the challenging 
technical milestones set by our customers 
for our high performing nanomaterials. 
We have almost completed the 
consolidation of our Manchester R&D 
and scale up activities into our Runcorn 
facility. This was accomplished despite 
a lower headcount that required us to 
call up all of our bench strength to ensure 
customer service was maintained while we 
made operational changes to the business. 
These changes will bring long-term 
operational benefits as well as welcome 
financial savings of around £0.7 million 
(net) per annum from January 2023.

Last, but not least, we have moved 
confidently through the various stages 
of the litigation against Samsung and 
cleared each of the hurdles in front of us. 
The trial in Texas is anticipated soon and 
we expect to build on all of the successful 
steps taken so far to deliver a favourable 
outcome. Our team of witnesses, experts 
and advisers remain ready for a trial at 
short notice.

Chief Executive Officer’s statement continued

Business performance continued

Electronics continued 

As previously announced, already 
published customer product launch 
plans suggest we should have good 
visibility of potential commercial 
production around the end of calendar 
year 2022, though, as always, the final 
decision to adopt the technology lies 
with the customers of our customer 
and this cannot be taken for granted. 
Our task is to ensure that our materials 
consistently perform as required by 
our customer so that we are scaled 
up and ready for those potential 
production orders.

Our small scale allows us to be much 
more agile and responsive to our customers’ 
needs than many other players in 
electronics supply chains. The in-depth 
nature of our technological insight also 
means that we do tend to “punch above 
our weight” in terms of direct engagement 
even with very large end customers and 
their technology teams. Conversely, our 
small scale does present challenges for 
customers in terms of supply chain risks 
and we therefore work proactively to 
agree commercial solutions to the issue 
of supply chain security.

Display (CFQD® quantum dots)

Display remains an important target 
market for Nanoco. We have maintained 
our focus on our “dot only” strategy 
where we aim to provide the highest 
performing CFQD® quantum dots.

Activity and inbound enquiries about 
display materials have begun to grow 
again during the year. We believe this 
reflects a combination of our success 
with our patents at PTAB, the continued 
reduction in Samsung’s market share in 
QD TV markets and associated entrance 
of new participants, and the increasing 
profile of Restriction of Hazardous 
Substances (“RoHS”) and equivalent 
regulations around the world that limit 
the use of cadmium thus playing to our 
cadmium free offering. We have also 
seen increasing interest in the use 
of quantum dots in LEDs for both 
lighting and display applications.

We continue to seek out new 
relationships and a number of these 
are moving forward at a small scale, 
having delivered a number of small 
material samples were delivered to new 
customers during the year.

We are still awaiting the EU legislation to 
implement the final decision to end the 

RoHS cadmium exemption for film-based 
displays. This will provide fresh impetus to 
display panel manufacturers to embrace 
the benefits of our CFQD® quantum dots. 
We note that a number of OEMs are 
investigating environmentally friendly 
options rather than waiting for the EU 
legislation. European markets currently 
have sales of cadmium-based QD 
televisions and a move to cadmium-free 
solutions will provide a helpful tailwind.

We retain our core capabilities to deliver 
display R&D services, scale up and 
commercial production of material from 
our Runcorn facility. We are therefore well 
positioned to take advantage of any 
broadening in the adoption of non-toxic 
quantum dots by global display 
manufacturers when the opportunity arises.

A successful verdict in the litigation with 
Samsung will also positively affect our 
ability to derive income from our 
capabilities in display, whether in 
production, further robust defence of our 
existing IP portfolio, or the future licensing 
of our technology.

We will continue to adopt a dual 
approach to commercial exploitation of 
our display materials. We are still ready 
to license our technology to different 
channel partners but also retain our 
own manufacturing capability.

Life Sciences

In November 2020, the Life Sciences 
team secured a grant from Innovate UK, 
the UK’s innovation agency, for a life 
sciences project to develop a quantum 
dot testing kit for the accurate and rapid 
visual detection of Covid-19. This project 
builds on Nanoco’s existing capabilities 
in utilising quantum dots conjugated with 
antibodies as a diagnostic tool in the 
detection of cancer (VIVODOTS® 
nanoparticles). The project specifically 
focuses on antibodies for Covid-19.

However, as is the case with our other 
materials, our goal is to create a platform 
technology that is applicable to other 
pathogens and potential future variants 
of Covid-19. The project therefore remains 
relevant despite many other tests now 
being available on the market for Covid-19.

The project completed successfully 
and on time in May 2022 with a working 
prototype. We also had time to assess 
the test against other pathogens, clearly 
demonstrating the multiple use cases 
for our VIVODOTS®. We have now stood 
the team down following the move to 
Runcorn and our residual efforts relate 
to identifying potential exploitation 

avenues for the technology. Further 
progress and any value implications 
are likely to require the engagement 
of a partner organisation specialising 
in this field.

Operations

We completed the exit from the first floor 
of our Manchester facility early in the 
second half of FY22. We then took the 
decision to exit the ground floor and 
co-locate our entire suite of operations 
into our Runcorn facility. The display 
facility in Runcorn has been taken out of 
mothball and now hosts the R&D teams 
as well as our production capability for 
CFQD® quantum dots. The co-location 
will create a number of operational and 
team benefits while also reducing our 
annualised installed cost base by around 
£0.7 million (net) once decommissioning 
and dilapidations are complete in 
Manchester towards the end of CY22.

Our resulting team now numbers 
approximately 36 operational staff. 
We have delivered a striking reduction 
in our installed cash cost base from over 
£12.0 million in FY19 to around £4.0 million 
for FY23 while retaining our core capabilities. 
We have achieved this by focusing on 
our “dot only” strategy that plays to our 
core quantum dot expertise.

We continue to cross train our flexible 
production team to be able to operate 
both facilities to maximise our capability 
while minimising costs in the short term, 
allowing us to maintain our significant 
production revenue-generating 
capacity. In FY23, following a successful 
pilot in FY22, we plan on rolling out initial 
LEAN Six Sigma training (“LEAN”) to every 
single member of staff whether in R&D, 
scale up or production. The behavioural 
and analytical benefits of LEAN will be 
a great boost for team performance.

Responding to Covid-19

We remain vigilant in the aftermath of 
the Covid-19 pandemic. We continue to 
emphasise good housekeeping practice 
such as hand hygiene and self-testing 
if symptoms occur followed by staying 
home if a test is positive. Many staff 
are able to work remotely if required to 
isolate and a number regular mix working 
from the labs and home with little impact 
on activity or effectiveness. We encourage 
staff to attend the office as much as 
possible as the working environment and 
relationships formed there are enhanced 
by this interaction.

010

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportIntellectual property

We continue to proactively manage 
our IP portfolio to maximise value and 
protect our core competencies. During 
the year, we focused the group’s IP 
portfolio on to a core of 503 (2021: 559) 
patents and patent applications with 
the most promising commercial potential. 
This net reduction reflected 24 new 
applications and 80 that were eliminated 
in territories or potential applications 
no longer felt worthwhile.

We continue to preserve trade secrets 
and have targeted our financial resources 
on strategic areas such as infra-red 
sensing where there is a strong overlap 
with our core IP. These are also areas with 
clear future commercial opportunities 
and benefits to be had from holding 
high quality patents.

Environment/Restriction of 
Hazardous Substances (“RoHS”)

We reported last year that the European 
Commission (“EC”) had received 
recommendations that:

  the exemption to allow cadmium 

(>100ppm) in QD films for display is 
no longer justified and should be 
phased out by 31 October 2021; and

  a new exemption is granted to allow 
cadmium-based quantum dots 
applied directly onto LED chips for 
displays and high CRI lighting for 
a period of five years.

Progress in implementing legislation to 
enforce this recommendation has been 
slow. It therefore seems likely that European 
consumers will continue to be exposed for 
some time to the known hazards of 
cadmium in televisions that exceed the 
limits shown above. Ahead of nations 
passing the required legislation, a number 
of display manufacturers appear to be 
anticipating the changes and Nanoco has 
received inbound enquiries in this field.

People

Our employees continue to provide great 
service to our customers in delivering high 
quality materials on time and achieving 
often stretching milestones and deliverables. 
It is welcome that the vast majority of 
staff have embraced the move to the 
Runcorn facility.

Retaining and incentivising our highly 
skilled team are key to delivering organic 
value from the business. We were therefore 

pleased to be able to propose a very 
reasonable pay award for the coming 
year. We also undertook a review of 
comparative salaries against national 
benchmarks (excluding London). 
Following that exercise, we were also 
able to offer structural pay rises for 
almost a third of our highly skilled 
workforce to remove everyone from the 
lower decile of comparator pay. Our 
goal for staff (excluding Executives) 
is to be a median payer with upside 
potential from our annual performance 
linked bonus scheme and Company-wide 
participation in the same Long Term 
Incentive Plan that the Directors enjoy.

Finally, reflecting staff feedback on their 
preferred benefits in addition to basic 
salaries, we have now increased the 
Company pension contributions to our 
medium-term target of 7.5%, an increase 
of 1.5%. We will review other benefits 
options and further potential 
improvements to pension contributions 
as our financial situation improves and 
when the Company becomes self-
financing in its organic operations.

Outlook

We have created strong foundations 
for the group to rebuild our value 
proposition. We expect visibility of 
commercial production orders for sensing 
materials around the end of H1 FY23. We 
also expect to complete our 
preparations for production readiness in 
H1 FY23. In parallel we continue to 
expand our material offering to other 
customers and other materials in sensing 
markets. 

We have also seen growing interest 
in CFQD® quantum dots for use in the 
display industry and are engaging 
cautiously with market players other than 
Samsung which already participate in or 
are seeking to enter in the QD TV market. 
This extends to interest in Gen 2 QD 
displays as well as displays utilising LEDs.

The recent fundraise has allowed us to 
plan or make a small number of tactical 
new hires in the business. These new hires 
range from income-generating customer 
facing roles, to scale up and production 
readiness roles, as well as front line and 
back office support staff. These will allow 
us to gradually grow our top line revenue 
and also position us for commercial 
production orders. 

As ever, the main unknown is the actual 
timing and size of the initial use case 
for sensing materials. However, the 
significant investment by our customers 
in Nanoco materials and their own 
production and marketing efforts, 
emphasise that it is more a question 
of “when” and not “if”. In any event, 
Nanoco has the flexibility, capability 
and capacity to meet small or large 
scale production orders in parallel 
with continued revenue generation 
from R&D services.

Most of our team is primarily focused on 
our organic business. However, a small 
group of staff is also focused on the 
Samsung litigation and realising value 
from our IP portfolio. It is likely that it will 
be some time before the financial 
benefits of any favourable verdict are 
enjoyed by Nanoco. However, we will 
continually seek to apply pressure to 
Samsung in various forms and 
jurisdictions with a view to settlement 
before the final exhaustion of every legal 
step. Our goal remains to deliver fair 
value that reflects the global nature 
and remaining lives of our patents 
while acknowledging there are risks for 
Nanoco in the continuing litigation, not 
least of which is the time value of money.

We continue to adopt a conservative 
stance with regards to future financial 
forecasts. We expect to achieve at least 
20% revenue growth in FY23 based on 
a stronger opening order book, an 
increasing range of R&D services being 
offered to a broader base of customers, 
and an assumed low volume use case 
for commercial production orders 
commencing in H2 FY23. A larger or 
earlier use case for sensing materials 
would clearly improve the outlook. 
I remain confident that we can deliver 
value for all of our stakeholders in the 
short to medium term with the potential 
for additional transformative value 
in the Samsung litigation.

Brian Tenner
Chief Executive Officer
28 October 2022

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 011

Chief Executive Officer’s statement continued

Q&A
Q: What is the thinking behind the reduced emphasis 
on “cash runways” and “contingency plans”?

Before I joined Nanoco, I shared with one of our current 
Non-Executive Directors a vision of an Annual Report that 
was not dominated by extensive narrative disclosures of ever 
dwindling cash and a visible runway for organic operations 
that was measured in months, not years. The whole team 
has been living for a number of years with the threat 
of downsizing.

This year feels different. Yes, there are still many risks to be 
eliminated or mitigated. Yes, we need to keep delivering 
excellent service to our customers. And yes, we are still 
dependent on customers adopting our technology in end 
use devices to trigger those long sought-after commercial 
production orders. But, with a growing pipeline of customer 
engagements, a much reduced cost base, a relatively 
healthy cash balance and a strategy focused on our core 
competency of “dots only”, we are now able to plan further 
ahead than the next twelve months.

Q: What are the next steps on the litigation front?

We are prepared for a long litigation road ahead. We will 
oppose the appeals which Samsung has already notified 
the PTAB that it intends to file. We will oppose any expected 
appeals if and when we achieve a favourable verdict in 
the trial in Texas. We will also press on with the recently 
announced litigation in Germany that, ultimately, could lead 
to an injunction against Samsung selling certain displays in 
Germany. Si vis pacem, para bellum.

Of course, it remains open to Samsung to take another path. 
We have made clear that we are prepared to speak to 
Samsung if they can offer fair value for our investment in 
creating our IP, for the global nature of that IP, and for the 
remaining lives of the patents which formed the basis of us 
instigating the litigation in the first place. This alternative 
road forward will depend on Samsung’s willingness to 
engage in meaningful dialogue.

An overview of the Samsung litigation

To win an IP lawsuit the plaintiff 
(Nanoco) must prove the following 
three things:

  Validity: Nanoco must prove that the 
patents are valid. Samsung is arguing 
that the patents are invalid. If the 
patents are invalid, then the 
subsequent questions of infringement 
and damages do not arise.

  Infringement: Nanoco must prove that 
Samsung is infringing a patent once 
it is accepted as a valid patent. 
Samsung must prove that its method 
of producing cadmium-free quantum 
dots does not use any of the methods 
protected by Nanoco’s patents.

  Damages: Once a patent has been 

proven to be valid and that it is being 
infringed, Nanoco must propose a 
damages model that reflects the value 
lost or the benefit gained by Samsung 
in breaching the patents. Different 
approaches exist which range from a 
high value based on the IP in question 
being an enabling technology that 
underpins the entire final product, to a 
lower value which could, for example, 
be based on the value of each 
individually separable component.

A separate parallel process is available 
in the USA for the defendant to request 
that the Patent Trial and Appeal Board 
(“PTAB”) reviews whether the patents 
are valid in a process known as an inter 
partes review (“IPR”). The PTAB initiated 

a review of all five patents in the case 
in May 2021. One year later the PTAB 
confirmed the validity of all 47 claims 
in the five patents on all grounds raised 
in the IPRs. A residual, and highly 
speculative and technical invalidity 
ground is still open for Samsung to raise 
at the trial but the material validity risks 
were all dealt with in the IPRs. It remains 
to be seen if Samsung will even raise this 
additional invalidity ground in court.

formal opinion and Samsung can be 
expected to lodge various appeals once 
the opinion is published. Samsung has 
already lodged notice of appeal of the 
written opinions of the PTAB and the results 
can be expected twelve to eighteen 
months after November 2022. Appeals of 
the court verdict and judge’s opinion can 
be a much longer matter, taking anywhere 
up to four years or more to resolve if, for 
example, a re-trial is mandated.

Success at PTAB will allow Nanoco to 
focus our efforts at the trial on the 
questions of infringement and damages. 
This was extremely helpful given that the 
trial will have a fixed five-day duration in 
which both sides have to present their 
cases, deliver testimony from their expert 
witnesses, cross examine the other side, 
and still allow time for the Judge to direct 
the jury and the jury to consider and 
reach a verdict.

In its verdict, the jury will decide if 
infringement has occurred, if it was wilful, 
award a damages number and state if 
that damages award is for the past only 
or if it also includes future sales in the USA.

Following the verdict, the judge is 
expected to issue his formal report 
including a decision on any damages 
multiplier for any finding of wilfulness. If 
the damages award is for the past only, 
the judge will also propose a reasonable 
royalty rate to be applied to future sales 
of TVs in the USA. There is no fixed time 
period for when the judge will issue their 

Funding, adviser fees and Nanoco’s 
share of any successful outcome

The funder and Nanoco’s advisers will all 
share in any successful outcome. The 
funder and our strategic adviser receive no 
return unless there is a successful outcome. 
Various legal counsel are working on 
reduced fee rates (which are being paid by 
the funder) and will be made whole with a 
share of upside if the case is successful. 

The third party funding does not 
terminate until there is a final resolution of 
the litigation. The quantum of committed 
funding was increased during the year to 
fund additional litigation activity. The 
terms of the funding maintain Nanoco 
control of any decision to settle.

The Board estimates that in all reasonable 
outcomes, even at what the Board would 
regard as a modest outcome, the mechanics 
of the fee arrangements are such that 
Nanoco will retain the majority of any award. 
As the size of any final award rises, Nanoco’s 

012

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportproportionate and absolute share increases 
since some of the parties’ returns are based 
on fixed multiples of invested capital.

  sales of infringing TVs in other territories 
around the world which are estimated 
to be around double those in the USA

potentially extended time frame before 
the receipt of any final outcome.

Any financial result will be taxable at 10% 
within Nanoco when the cash is received 
using the UK Patent Box regime. The 
Company also has accumulated losses 
which can partly offset any final outcome.

Management comment

Even if we achieve a favourable verdict in the 
trial, this will not be the end of the process. 
Further delaying tactics are expected in 
the form of appeals from Samsung.

Furthermore, the value of any verdict 
cannot be taken for granted. Any final 
outcome, potentially negotiated, will 
leverage the value of any verdict:

Factors potentially reducing 
the value of the verdict:

  risk of losing any of the multiple appeals;

  risk of a re-trial; and

  time value of money.

Factors potentially increasing 
the value of the verdict: 

  the finding of wilfulness;

  future royalties in the USA;

  sales of other devices besides TVs 

and monitors; and

We estimate that Nanoco IP coverage 
outside the US relates to roughly twice 
the value of the US market itself for sales 
of Samsung TVs and monitors.

Hence, there remains a significant degree 
of uncertainty regarding both the probability 
of a final and successful outcome and the 
scale of such an outcome. The judge’s 
report is also not due to be published for a 
number of months after the trial itself, and 
we expect that Samsung will appeal any 
verdict in Nanoco’s favour. 

It should also be noted that almost all 
countries run independent patent and 
patent infringement systems. This means 
that success in one territory does not 
create any legal basis for confidence of 
wining in a second territory. Such a success 
could, however, create commercial 
confidence of success in a second 
jurisdiction that might also add pressure 
in any potential settlement discussions.

While the Board believes firmly that the 
preponderance of risks are now with 
Samsung, it is also true that Samsung only 
needs to win one appeal whereas Nanoco 
needs to win most if not all of the appeals 
if we are to prevail. The risks to Nanoco 
therefore remain substantial.

It would be premature to speculate on 
any use of funds at this time given the 

Litigation outside the USA

As announced on 23 August 2022, we have 
commenced further funded legal action 
against Samsung in Germany, a large 
sales territory for Samsung but also one 
where the legal process is faster and less 
costly to pursue than in the USA. The 
standard legal remedy in Germany is 
injunction and product recall to remove 
infringing products from sale. The threat 
of injunction is such that, before it can be 
enforced, the vast majority of losing 
defendants will reach a financial 
settlement with the plaintiffs. If an 
injunction is to be enforced before the 
legal process is exhausted, the plaintiff 
must deposit a bond to cover lost profits 
of the defendant in the event that the 
injunction is overturned.

The Board continues to review other 
jurisdictions to start further litigation 
and is also reviewing the position of 
other companies that are suspected of 
infringing Nanoco IP (potentially including 
Samsung OEM customers).

Samsung has the opportunity to halt 
the litigation process at any time by 
engaging with the Board to agree a 
fair value settlement for a global 
perpetual licence.

Timeline for three major threads of the current litigation in the USA and Germany

Patent office process

May 2022

May 2022

~November 2023

PTAB decision on IPRs settles all 
material validity points

Texas trial process

Samsung lodge notice of intent to 
appeal all IPR decisions – actual 
appeal expected to be filed 
November 2022

 Final outcome of the IPRs

~ Q4 CY22

~up to 6 months

~ June 2023

~3-4 years or longer

Jury verdict

Judge issues final 
written opinion

Samsung appeal 
based on judge’s final 
opinion

Various appeals to the 
Federal Circuit, and the 
Supreme Court, and risk  
of retrial, etc.

German legal process

August 2022

~ September 2023

~ February 2024

~ September 2024

Initial filing

Preliminary validity 
finding

Trial of infringement; 
Decision in March 2024

Trial of validity

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 013

Revenue streams 

We have significant potential 
capacity for revenue generation 
from our multiple revenue streams 

Products

Services

Licences

Our Runcorn facility has the capacity to 
make high volumes of CFQD® quantum 
dots and HEATWAVE™ nanomaterials for 
IR sensing applications. The revenue 
generation capacity can be easily 
scaled by adding additional shifts with 
the overall potential return on the asset 
base being attractive, and benefiting 
strongly from operational leverage if 
extra shifts and volumes are added. 
Revenue potential: HIGH.

Our highly skilled R&D and Scale Up 
teams are able to design, develop and 
scale new materials for customer-specific 
applications. We are able to charge 
customers for professional services when 
we carry out these sorts of development 
activities for them with rewards often 
linked to achieving technical milestones 
or outcomes. The last two financial years 
have seen significant revenue generated 
in this area. Revenue potential: LOW.

When a channel partner initially acquires 
a right of access to or use of Nanoco 
technology and IP, they typically pay a 
one-off licence fee. These fees reflect 
the costs already previously incurred by 
Nanoco in developing our technology 
and IP and hence represent a return on 
those historical investments. Success in 
the Samsung litigation would increase 
the potential of this income stream. 
Revenue potential: LOW–MEDIUM.

Royalties

As well as the ability to make and sell 
materials directly to our customers, the 
agreements with our channel partners 
(Dow and Wah Hong) allow them to 
manufacture or distribute our materials 
themselves and then pay a royalty on 
the value of their sales to their customers. 
This revenue stream has the potential for 
high leverage since it is not constrained 
by manufacturing scale and also has 
minimal costs associated with 
incremental sales via this channel. 
Success in the Samsung litigation would 
increase the potential of this income 
stream. Revenue potential: HIGH.

Products

Services

Our revenue

Royalties

Licences

014

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportInfinite possibilities

Tuning near-infra-red absorption with HEATWAVE™ 
quantum dot technology
Progress has been made in expanding the absorption range, processability and 
performance metrics of our HEATWAVE™ nanoparticles for infra-red silicon sensing 
applications. For our customers, this has increased the potential range of products for which 
our materials can be used. We are continuing to extend our portfolio of infra-red-absorbing 
materials available to customers, to target novel applications, from consumer electronics to 
machine vision and medical imaging. 

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

)
.
u
a

.

(
e
c
n
a
b
r
o
s
b
A

0
700

900

1,100

1,300

1,500

1,700

1,900

2,100

Wavelength (nm)

What this all means…

Ultimately, QD-based silicon sensors offer the 
potential to lead to more sensitive, thinner, lower 
power sensors than silicon devices over a wider 
spectral range, providing an inexpensive alternative 
to InGaAs technology.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 015

 
Strategic report

Section 172(1) statement

Section 172(1) report

I n line with section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006, the 

Directors of the Company must act in a way which they 
consider, in good faith, would most likely promote the success 
of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and 

in doing so must have regard to a number of other key matters.

Likely long-term consequences of decisions (s.172(1)(a))

Given the nature of the business, the Board takes a 
medium-term approach to its decision making to ensure that 
the Company is able to deliver its strategy of creating value 
for all of our stakeholders. Risk management is also key 
to understanding the likely consequences of actions. 

The Board plays a key role in reviewing the Company’s approach 
to risk, including an assessment of its emerging and principal risks. 
See pages 27 to 29 of the Strategic report for a description of the 
identified risks and how these are being controlled or mitigated.

Given the group’s finances, the Board has been continually 
reviewing the Company’s current and forecast financial position. 
This year the Directors selected a two-year timeframe over which 
to assess the viability of the Company. The Viability statement 
can be found on pages 30 and 31 of the Strategic report.

Maintaining a reputation for high standards of business 
conduct (s.172(1)(e))

The Company has in place a Code of Conduct which acts as a 
guide for employees to do the right thing. The Company also has 
well-embedded policies in place which assist with ensuring high 

Employees

Customers

Suppliers

Why we engage

How we engage and respond

Impact of engagement

Engagement during the year

  To ensure employees feel valued 

  We communicate key decisions and 

for their contribution

  To empower our employees

  To enhance our employees through training 

and progression

collaborate through our Employee Voice 
Committee, which includes Directors

  We give them the tools to work effectively

  We encourage our employees to provide 

solutions to problems

  To ensure we can provide the best service and 

products possible, to meet the customers’ needs

  To protect our customers’ technology

  To ensure we are complying with 

regulatory requirements

  We ensure open and constant communication 
with customers, to ensure our products and 
services are world leading

  We welcome feedback from customers, and work 
collaboratively to achieve our customers’ goals

  Our employees feel empowered to achieve 

  We ran our second engagement survey to solicit employee feedback. 

solutions to problems

This gave useful pointers as we continue to build on FY22 initiatives

  Our employees feel more valued and 

  We held a number of all-Company days to build team morale

aligned to the business

  We consulted on the impact of relocating to Runcorn and devised 

  We improve as our employees improve

mitigating benefits packages, although some employees still left 

the business as a result of the relocation

  We build strong relationships with customers, 

  Through the year, we actively engaged in weekly technical updates 

who believe in the capabilities of our platform 

to aid development and collaboration

  We discussed openly any logistical challenges due to import/export 

regulations, helping customers with their own compliance goals

technology and our employee expertise

  Our customers trust us to be able to 

meet their requirements to create 

world-leading products

  To develop long-term, collaborative 

  We create close collaborative working 

  This helps us to attain best value from our 

  We performed audits on suppliers to ensure their compliance with legislation

partnerships for key, difficult to source 
R&D components

  To mitigate the risk of not being able 

to succeed commercially

  To comply with regulatory requirements

relationships with key suppliers, to ensure clear 
communication, active issue resolution and 
effective qualification of products

  We encourage open engagement, to 
ensure compliance with the relevant 
regulatory requirements

supply chain, and mitigates the risk of a 

breakdown in process negatively impacting 

the business

  Through regulatory checks, we ensure 

our suppliers are complying with 

regulatory requirements, e.g. payment 

of minimum wage

  We engaged with a number of suppliers on the qualities of our raw 

materials, and considered their impact on our products for our customers

  We maintained dialogue on availability of raw materials, and took action 

when there was a risk this could be compromised

  Some supply chain issues have been experienced, but the impact of 

these has been mitigated through close collaboration with suppliers

Regulators

  To ensure compliance with 
regulatory requirements

  We review our operations periodically 
to ensure compliance with regulations

  To protect our staff and communities

  We actively maintain standards through 

  To ensure best practice

external reviews (e.g. ISO 9001 accreditation)

  Compliance with regulatory requirements 

  Post year end, we completed our ISO recertification

enables the business to operate in a safe 

manner, protecting our employees and 

the wider communities

  We constantly reviewed operating procedures to ensure best practice

  Continued engagement with European RoHS regulators to remove 

exposure to toxic cadmium from EU customers

Shareholders

  To enable shareholders to understand 
Nanoco’s strategic aims and results

  To help understand management’s aim, 
responsibilities and incentive structures

  To understand our commitment to our staff, 
communities and the wider environment

016

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

  We build relationships with our investors through 

  We aim to create long-term investor value, 

  We engaged openly with shareholders through analyst briefings 

our investor relations activities

  In our Annual Reports, we update all stakeholders 

on our strategic progress, and explain any 
financial implications

  We consider investor feedback, and what impact 

this may have on the business

through growing from an R&D services 

and subsequent Q&A sessions

business to a commercially viable niche 

production company

  We expanded engagement in Investor Meet Company presentations

  We engaged with many existing and new shareholders leading to the 

successful equity issue and fundraise in June 2022

Strategic reportstandards of conduct, including in respect of the following key 
areas: health, safety and environment; whistleblowing; anti-
bribery and corruption; human rights; and modern slavery. The 
Environmental, social and governance disclosures section of the 
Directors’ report, from pages 32 to 37, provides further insight into 
measures put in place by the Board to assist with maintaining 
a reputation for high business conduct standards.

Acting fairly between members of the Company (s.172(1)(f))

The Directors also have regard to the need to act fairly between 
members of the Company, aiming to understand their views and 
act in their best interests. The ownership of the Company follows 
a “one share, one vote” structure, which assists with promoting 
parity in shareholder rights. The Board ensures that there is fair 
and equal dissemination of information to all shareholders and 
has a dedicated Investors section on the Company’s website 
which is available to all shareholders. 

This provides easy access to RNS announcements and reports 
and publications. All members are invited to attend the Annual 
General Meetings of the Company, offering an opportunity for 
members of any size shareholding to have a conversation with, 
and ask questions to, each of the Directors. For any Annual 
General Meetings where in-person attendance is prohibited due 
to the Government’s regulations, all shareholders will be offered 
the opportunity to submit questions to the Board ahead of the 
meeting with answers being made available to them.

Having regard to specific stakeholder groups (s.172(1)(b) 
to s.172(1)(d))

The table which follows seeks to provide insight into how the 
Board carries out its duty under this section.

Why we engage

How we engage and respond

Impact of engagement

Engagement during the year

Employees

  To ensure employees feel valued 

  We communicate key decisions and 

for their contribution

  To empower our employees

  To enhance our employees through training 

and progression

collaborate through our Employee Voice 

Committee, which includes Directors

  We give them the tools to work effectively

  We encourage our employees to provide 

solutions to problems

  To ensure we can provide the best service and 

  We ensure open and constant communication 

products possible, to meet the customers’ needs

with customers, to ensure our products and 

Customers

  To protect our customers’ technology

  To ensure we are complying with 

regulatory requirements

services are world leading

  We welcome feedback from customers, and work 

collaboratively to achieve our customers’ goals

  To develop long-term, collaborative 

  We create close collaborative working 

partnerships for key, difficult to source 

relationships with key suppliers, to ensure clear 

Suppliers

R&D components

  To mitigate the risk of not being able 

to succeed commercially

  To comply with regulatory requirements

communication, active issue resolution and 

effective qualification of products

  We encourage open engagement, to 

ensure compliance with the relevant 

regulatory requirements

  Our employees feel empowered to achieve 

solutions to problems

  We ran our second engagement survey to solicit employee feedback. 
This gave useful pointers as we continue to build on FY22 initiatives

  Our employees feel more valued and 

  We held a number of all-Company days to build team morale

aligned to the business

  We improve as our employees improve

  We consulted on the impact of relocating to Runcorn and devised 
mitigating benefits packages, although some employees still left 
the business as a result of the relocation

  We build strong relationships with customers, 
who believe in the capabilities of our platform 
technology and our employee expertise

  Our customers trust us to be able to 
meet their requirements to create 
world-leading products

  Through the year, we actively engaged in weekly technical updates 

to aid development and collaboration

  We discussed openly any logistical challenges due to import/export 

regulations, helping customers with their own compliance goals

  This helps us to attain best value from our 
supply chain, and mitigates the risk of a 
breakdown in process negatively impacting 
the business

  Through regulatory checks, we ensure 

our suppliers are complying with 
regulatory requirements, e.g. payment 
of minimum wage

  We performed audits on suppliers to ensure their compliance with legislation

  We engaged with a number of suppliers on the qualities of our raw 

materials, and considered their impact on our products for our customers

  We maintained dialogue on availability of raw materials, and took action 

when there was a risk this could be compromised

  Some supply chain issues have been experienced, but the impact of 
these has been mitigated through close collaboration with suppliers

  To ensure compliance with 

regulatory requirements

  We review our operations periodically 

to ensure compliance with regulations

  To protect our staff and communities

  We actively maintain standards through 

external reviews (e.g. ISO 9001 accreditation)

Regulators

  To ensure best practice

  Compliance with regulatory requirements 
enables the business to operate in a safe 
manner, protecting our employees and 
the wider communities

  Post year end, we completed our ISO recertification

  We constantly reviewed operating procedures to ensure best practice

  Continued engagement with European RoHS regulators to remove 

exposure to toxic cadmium from EU customers

  To enable shareholders to understand 

  We build relationships with our investors through 

Nanoco’s strategic aims and results

our investor relations activities

Shareholders

  To help understand management’s aim, 

  In our Annual Reports, we update all stakeholders 

responsibilities and incentive structures

on our strategic progress, and explain any 

  To understand our commitment to our staff, 

financial implications

communities and the wider environment

  We consider investor feedback, and what impact 

this may have on the business

  We aim to create long-term investor value, 
through growing from an R&D services 
business to a commercially viable niche 
production company

  We engaged openly with shareholders through analyst briefings 

and subsequent Q&A sessions

  We expanded engagement in Investor Meet Company presentations

  We engaged with many existing and new shareholders leading to the 

successful equity issue and fundraise in June 2022

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 017

Our business model

We are focused on bringing our platform 
technology to market for our partners and 
customers through innovation and research

EMPLO

Y

E

E

S

ERTIS E

P
X
E

ATF O

L
P

R M   TECHN

O

L

O

G

Y

INTELLECTUAL 
PROPERTY

A

GILITY

N S

T I O

A

R

E

O P

Intellectual 
property

Deep IP portfolio, 
a key investment 
proposition 

Platform 
technology 

High performing 
nanomaterials

Expertise

Our platform and people 
deliver novel solutions to 
new application challenges

Agility

Broad skill set and agile 
team structures enable rapid 
resource pivot to alternative 
commercial opportunities

Licence partners 

Major channel partners 
with global reach to multiple 
markets and applications

Employees

Highly skilled staff with 
extensive technical knowledge 
and flexible skill set

Operations 

Installed asset base capable 
of generating significant 
revenue in multiple markets

S
E
E
S
N
E
C
I
L

S
R
E
M
O
T
S
U
C

R
E
N
T

D
N

A

R

A

P

018

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report 
 
About our business model

Platform technology

Licence partners

O ur business model has a 

number of key strengths. It 
also enjoys a diverse range 
of potential income streams. 
This was amply demonstrated over the 
last two years where services income 
featured strongly compared to previous 
years. Our medium-term goal is to 
maximise our revenue from direct 
product sales by Nanoco and also 
through royalty income on sales by 
our channel partners.

Intellectual property (“IP”)

IP and process technology know-how are 
foundational assets for the group and a 
key strength. Our technology is heavily 
patented to secure its use for the group. 
New IP is continually generated through 
our R&D activities and all potential 
patents are reviewed by our internal 
Patent Review Board for commercial 
value before being filed. We continue to 
strengthen our IP position by patenting 
technology we believe will have real 
commercial value in the future.

It is worth noting that on top of our formal 
IP portfolio, we also have significant 
know-how around our methods and 
processes. We tend to hold this information 
as commercial secrets rather than as 
formally registered IP.

Our nanomaterials have a wide 
range of electronic properties, usually 
opto-electrical in nature. These include 
absorption of different forms of energy 
and its emission and potentially its 
conversion to a different form of energy 
(electricity to light, for example) or a 
different variety of the same energy 
(blue light to green light, for example).

One specific class of our materials is our 
CFQD® quantum dots that avoid the use 
of toxic cadmium in display applications. 
The same absence of toxic chemicals 
means we can also develop dots that can 
be applied in life sciences applications 
for use in the human body.

Expertise and agility

We take advantage of our extensive 
technical expertise and agile workforce 
to be able to respond to complex and 
challenging customer requirements. We 
can also do this much faster than many 
of our competitors. The example of the 
US customer is a case in point: within 
eleven months of starting work, we solved a 
number of technical challenges to develop 
and scale up a novel nanomaterial and 
then built a new production facility 
capable of manufacturing that new 
nanomaterial (once the facility is 
commissioned and validated).

Licence partners can create an 
opportunity for the group to access very 
larger global markets that our own scale 
might make difficult. Our partners have 
scale and reach beyond our own and in 
a number of cases are closer to potential 
end market uses that might go unnoticed 
by the group.

Our licence partners also bring skill sets 
in the respective supply chains that 
would be too difficult or too costly for the 
group to develop internally. This partner 
reach has allowed the group to move to 
the “dot only” strategy where we focus 
our expertise and resources on our core 
capabilities and allow the licence 
partners to exploit their core strengths 
in collaboration with Nanoco.

Employees

Our staff are highly skilled in a number of 
specialist areas. There are 14 employees 
with PhDs and other postgraduate 
qualifications. In R&D our expertise 
ranges from chemistry to physics, and 
from biology to pharmacology. Staff are 
also adept at taking lab scale processes 
and scaling them up to industrial 
production scale. We also have strong 
process improvement and yield 
optimisation skills that improve both 
production volumes and our input costs. 
We further invest in our employees 
through funding training to ensure they 
are developing their capabilities further.

Production capacity

Our Runcorn production facility has 
two distinct production labs. One is 
focused on CFQD® quantum dots for 
use in display, lighting and life sciences. 
The other, new and recently completed, 
facility is focused on nanomaterials for 
use in infra-red sensing applications. 
In combination they create an extensive 
revenue-generating capacity for the 
group through direct product sales to our 
customers. The nature of the facilities 
means they also deliver strong operational 
leverage if additional volumes are added 
with additional shifts, and we continue to 
identify ways to improve our efficiencies.

Operator assessing the performance of test devices manufactured 

with Nanoco Heatwave™ material designed for use in infra-red sensors.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 019

Our strategy

Our “dot only” strategy is to focus on producing 
the highest quality dots and meeting the needs 
of our customers through the application of 
innovative nanomaterials technology

Strategic 
objectives

1

Growth

2

Investment

3

Licensing

Objective

Objective

Objective

  To become self-sustaining 

  To maintain our 

financially

competitive advantage 

  To continue to invest in 
R&D for future products

  To bring significant extra 
capacity and resources  
to address expected 
market growth

How

How

How

  Own manufacture and 

direct supply to customers

  Continue to create 
and patent new IP

  Non-exclusive technology 

  Continue to develop 

licensing

  Professional services

  Royalty income

in-house manufacturing 
capabilities

  Assisting licensees 
in maximising their 
opportunities in 
manufacturing

  Working with licensees 

to create routes to market 
for our products

Future focus

Future focus

Future focus

  Converting current 
opportunities into 
revenues with a strong 
emphasis on nanomaterials 

  Continuing to invest in 
R&D in order to remain 
at the forefront of 
this technology

  Continuing to support 
our licensing partners 
to maximise the benefit 
to all parties

  Exploring opportunities 

  Exploring ways to open up 

  Giving partners the best 

with a number of potential 
customers

new market opportunities

performing dots 

KPIs

  Revenue

  LBITDA

  Total billings

Risks

  Strategic

  Operational

  Financial

KPIs

KPIs

  Year-end cash and cash 

  Investment in R&D

burn rate

  Investment in R&D

  Portfolio of patents 

and patents pending

Risks

  Strategic

  Compliance

  Portfolio of patents 

and patents pending

Risks

  Strategic

020

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportInfinite possibilities

Strategy in action 

Investment in new material sets this year has increased our customer 
reach for new applications leading to new R&D service income

Early 2018

Wavelength 

Material 

Development

A 

1

NIR

(<1.0 µm) 

(1.0-1.3 µm) 

SWIR

(1.3-1.5 µm) 

(>1.5 µm)

B

C 

A 

B

C 

A 

B

C 

A

B

C 

Strong progress 
expanding wavelengths 
and base materials

NIR

(<1.0 µm) 

A 

1

B

2

C 

A 

(1.0-1.3 µm) 

C 

B

2

June 2022

Wavelength 

Material 

Development

Optimisation

Scale up

Validation

1

Production

  Development – material at R&D scale
  Optimisation – application optimisation 
  Scale up – scaling up at Runcorn
  Validation – material ready for validation
  Production – ready for production: goal
  Change/progress in Period

SWIR

(1.3-1.5 µm) 

B

5

C 

1

A

2

(>1.5 µm)

B

C 

1

A 

2

1

Sensing goals: one material in production 2023, a second validated

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 021

Our key performance indicators

We have continued our drive to make sure all employees 
are aware of, and focused on, our key performance 
metrics, making our performance a true team effort

Revenue
£ million

Adjusted LBITDA
£ million

Year-end cash
£ million

£2.5m
+18%

(£2.1m)1
+26%

£6.8m
+77%

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2.5

2.1

3.9

7.1

3.3

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

(2.1)

(2.8)

(2.9)

(3.8)

(6.2)

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

6.8

3.8

5.2

7.0

10.7

Measurement

Measurement

Measurement

The value of goods and services 
recognised as income in accordance 
with IFRS 15 Revenue Recognition. 
Grant income is also important 
and included under Other 
Operating Income.

Why it is important

Revenue (and its change year on 
year) shows the speed with which the 
business is growing or contracting.

What it means

In combination with gross margins 
and overheads it shows whether 
the group is getting closer to 
a breakeven position.

The statutory result after deducting 
exceptional items, share-based 
payment charges, depreciation, 
amortisation, interest and tax 
from our revenue.

Why it is important

Reducing LBITDA is a critical 
medium-term goal as it would 
significantly reduce the key risk of 
running out of cash before realising 
the group’s full potential.

What it means

The group’s LBITDA is a very good 
proxy for its organic cash flows and 
shows how close the group is to 
being self-financing.

1  Calculation provided on page 25.

Reconciled bank balances including 
committed but not yet cleared 
receipts and payments.

Current monthly gross cash 
consumption before revenues 
and other receipts.

Why it is important

The business operates on a cash 
consuming basis and this blended 
KPI indicates the duration of 
funding visibility.

What it means

In combination with the group’s 
operating plans and budgets, the 
current balance underpins the 
Directors’ going concern and 
viability statements.

Strategy link

1

Strategy link

1

Strategy link

1

2

022

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportKey

Strategy link

1

2

3

Growth

Investment

Licensing

Billings
£ million

£2.7m
+55%

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

Investment in R&D
£ million

£1.8m
(18%)

2.7

1.7

2.5

9.6

6.5

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

Portfolio of patents  
and patents pending
Number of patents

503
(10%)

1.8

2.2

3.1

4.4

4.0

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

503

559

731

745

654

Measurement

Measurement

Measurement

The value of invoices raised during 
the year for goods and services 
delivered or to be delivered to 
customers (excluding VAT).

The sum of all costs incurred in 
research and development activities. 
This includes salary costs and other 
direct R&D costs.

The group’s IP lawyers report 
monthly on patents granted 
or filed in the respective patent 
offices in various countries.

Why it is important

Why it is important

Why it is important

Billings are a better indicator of cash 
flow than revenue, as revenue can be 
influenced by non-cash accounting 
estimates and judgements.

What it means

Billings increased year on year 
reflecting the growth in revenue and 
management efforts to improve the 
match in working capital cycles.

Nanoco prides itself on the scale 
and quality of our R&D efforts – 
which feed our IP portfolio and also 
commercial opportunity pipeline as 
we develop new materials for potential 
new markets and applications.

Our IP portfolio is a key strength 
of Nanoco and a strong reason to 
invest. It supports our efforts to 
monetise our investments in R&D 
and also underpins the major 
litigation against Samsung.

What it means

What it means

We aim to continue investment 
in our core R&D activities despite 
restructuring the business during 
the year. In this way we will further 
enhance the quality of our materials.

The overall quality of our IP portfolio 
continues to improve. We continue 
to proactively review the portfolio for 
relevance and value. As our business 
focus changes this can lead to a 
decision to allow no longer relevant 
IP to lapse.

Strategy link

1

Strategy link

2

3

Strategy link

2

3

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 023

Financial review

Creating a stable cost 
base from which to 
grow organically

R evenue and other operating 

income increased by £0.5 million 
to £2.8 million (2021: £2.3 million). 
The increase is due to the 

ongoing contract with the European 
electronics customer and the grant 
for the development of a Covid-19 
diagnostic testing kit, which was 
completed during the year.

LIAM GRAY
Chief Financial Officer

Summary

  Revenue and other operating 
income increased by 24% to 
£2.8 million (2021: £2.3 million).

  Adjusted LBITDA has reduced 

to £2.1 million (2021: £2.8 million), 
reflecting the increase in revenue 
and operating income, and the 
continued focus on reducing the 
cost base.

  The consolidation of operations in 
Runcorn, and subsequent closure 
of the Manchester site, has further 
reduced our cash cost base.

  Cash remains a key focus – the 

fundraising completed in the year 
takes the cash runway out to CY25.

Revenue from the sale of products and 
services rendered accounted for 96% 
(2021: 95%) of revenues with the balance 
being royalty and licence income. 
Revenue from services has increased 
from £1.3 million to £1.5 million due to 
the continued work with the European 
electronics customer. Revenue from the 
sale of development products was 
£0.8 million (2021: £0.7 million).

Billings have increased by £1.0 million 
to £2.7 million (2021: £1.7 million), which 
is in line with revenue.

Total operating expenses, excluding 
Share Based Payments (“SBP”) and 
associated costs, depreciation, 
amortisation and exceptional items, 
reduced in the year by £0.9 million to 

Highlights

Revenue

Other operating income

Adjusted operating loss

Adjusted LBITDA

Net loss

Loss per share (p)

Billings

Cash and cash equivalents

024

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

a total of £4.5 million (2021: £5.4 million). 
This reduction was primarily due to 
the fall in payroll costs to £2.6 million 
(2021: £3.3 million) and other cost 
savings identified.

During the prior year, our headcount was 
decreased from c.46 full time employees 
to c.39 employees. In the current year, this 
has fallen further to 36 employees. We 
have made these changes whilst retaining 
full operational and commercial viability.

In March 2022, we exited the first floor 
of our Manchester premises, and at year 
end, we were in the process of vacating 
the ground floor, with the lease set to 
expire in November 2022. The closure of 
the Manchester site, and consolidation 
into Runcorn, will save c. £0.7 million (net) 
per year.

During the year, we completed an 
over-subscribed fundraise, resulting in 
net proceeds of c.£5.4 million. This 
extended the group’s cash runway to 
calendar year 2025, beyond the point 
when we expect the group’s organic 
operations to be self-financing.

2022
£ million

2021
£ million

% change

2.5

0.4

(4.2)

(2.1)

(4.7)

1.52

2.7

6.8

2.1

0.2

(4.6)

(2.8)

(4.4)

(1.44)

1.7

3.8

18%

97%

(10%)

(26%)

(7%)

6%

55%

77%

Strategic reportNon-GAAP measures

Taxation 

The non-GAAP measures of adjusted 
operating loss and adjusted loss before 
interest, tax, amortisation and share-
based payment charges (“LBITDA”) 
are provided in order to give a clearer 
understanding of the underlying loss for 
the year that reflects cash outflow from 
the business. The calculation of both 
non-GAAP measures is shown in the 
table below:

2022
£ million

2021
£ million

Operating loss 

(4.8)

(5.0)

Share Based 
Payments

Employers NI on 
SBP

Depreciation

Amortisation1

0.6

0.3

0.5

1.3

0.4

0.1

0.5

1.2

Adjusted LBITDA 

(2.1)

(2.8)

1 

Includes impairment of intangible assets.

The loss before tax was £5.2 million 
(2021: £5.1 million), with the increase driven 
by non-cash SBP charges arising from 
the growth in the share price and a first 
full year of accrued interest on the loan 
notes issued in June 2021, offset by cost 
savings during the year.

The tax credit for the year was £0.5 million 
(2021: £0.7 million). The tax credit to be 
claimed, in respect of R&D spend, is 
£0.5 million (2021: £0.7 million). Overseas 
corporation tax was £nil during the year 
(2021: £nil). There was no deferred tax 
credit or charge (2021: £nil). 

In the financial year, the Company 
entered the patent box regime 
retrospectively, which should provide 
an advantageous tax rate of 10% on 
revenues or litigation proceeds arising 
from the group’s IP portfolio. At the year 
end, the Company had £40.5 million of 
accumulated losses to offset against 
any potential future profits.

Cash flow and balance sheet 

During the year cash, cash equivalents, 
deposits and short-term investments 
increased to £6.8 million (2021: £3.8 million). 
The net cash outflow, excluding the benefits 
of the equity fundraise of £5.4 million in 
June 2022 (net of costs), was £2.4 million 
(2021: £4.4 million outflow). The decrease 
in cash outflows reflects increased 
revenue, a reduction in the cost base 
and some favourable movements in 
working capital compared to FY21, 
with a reduction in deferred revenue 
year on year. Tax credits of £0.7 million 
(2021: £0.9 million) were received 
during the year.

Expenditure incurred in registering patents 
totalled £0.1 million (2021: £0.4 million), 
reflecting the group’s continued focus 
on developing and registering intellectual 
property. Capitalised patent spend is 
amortised over ten years in line with the 
established group accounting policy.

During the year, an impairment charge of 
£0.9m was posted against the net book 
value of the group’s IP. This reflects the 
continued rationalisation of the patent 
portfolio to ensure the remaining patents 
are commercially viable in the short to 
medium term.

Treasury activities and policies

The group manages its cash deposits 
prudently. Cash deposits are regularly 
reviewed by the Board and cash 
forecasts are updated monthly to ensure 
that there is sufficient cash available for 
foreseeable requirements.

More details on the group’s treasury 
policies are provided in note 27 to 
the financial statements.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 025

Financial review continued

Credit risk

Going concern

The group only trades with recognised, 
creditworthy third parties. Receivable 
balances are monitored on an ongoing 
basis and any late payments are promptly 
investigated to ensure that the group’s 
exposure to bad debts is not significant.

Foreign exchange management

The group invoices most of its revenues 
in US Dollars. The group is therefore 
exposed to movements relative to 
Sterling. The group will use forward 
currency contracts to fix the exchange 
rate on invoiced or confirmed foreign 
currency receipts should the amount 
become significant and more predictable.

There were no open forward contracts as 
at 31 July 2022 (2021: none). The group’s 
net profit and equity are exposed to 
movements in the value of Sterling 
relative to the US Dollar. The indicative 
impact of movements in the Sterling 
exchange rate on profits and equity 
based on the retranslation of the closing 
balance sheet is summarised in note 27 
to the financial statements and was 
based on the year-end position.

Brexit

The Board continues to monitor the 
ongoing developments. Currently, the 
majority of the group’s revenues are for 
services delivered in the UK with minimal 
Brexit impact. Going forward, the group 
expects a significant portion of its 
revenues from material sales to be from 
non-UK countries where the Government 
either already has or hopes to have in 
place equivalent trading arrangements 
as existed prior to Brexit.

Although there were some logistical 
challenges on trade with EU countries, 
this has largely been mitigated with little 
to no ongoing disruption.

“ The group 
continues 
to monitor 
cash carefully, 
with targeted 
investments 
to support 
strategic goals.”

The equity fundraising in June 2022 raised 
£5.4 million net of costs. This extended the 
group’s cash runway to 2025. The 
Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the group has access to adequate 
resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. 

Accordingly, they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements and 
the Board concluded that it is appropriate 
to utilise the going concern assumption.

Covid-19 pandemic

The group has completed detailed risk 
assessments and implemented the resulting 
action plans and Government guidance to 
create Covid-19 secure workplaces. We are 
able to meet customer needs while working 
in a safe fashion. We do not currently expect 
significant financial downsides though this is 
clearly dependent on changes in regulations 
and the scale of any further lockdowns, 
both in the UK and the wider world.

Macroeconomic factors

We continue to see inflationary pressures 
on raw materials. We attempt to mitigate 
these by reviewing suppliers and achieving 
volume breaks. In addition, with the ongoing 
cost of living crisis, we are cognisant of the 
impact on our staff, and have implemented 
a company-wide 6% inflationary wage 
increase from August 2022. We will continue 
to review market conditions and assess the 
impact on all stakeholders.

Summary

This year has been one of steady operational 
delivery and consolidation of our cost 
base. The closure of the Manchester site 
and relocation of operations to Runcorn, 
although producing some challenges, 
provides the group with a central base 
from which to grow – one where R&D 
and production can operate in close 
proximity and improved collaboration.

Work has progressed very well with our 
customers, and we anticipate having 
visibility of commercial orders by the 
end of H1 FY23.

We are confident that the group has 
a solid foundation from which to grow, 
to provide value to shareholders 
in the medium term.

Liam Gray
Chief Financial Officer
28 October 2022

026

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Cash and cash equivalents
£ million

2022

2021

6.8

3.8

Net decrease in cash explained by:

Investment in intellectual property
£ million

2022

2021

0.1

0.4

Managed rationalisation of the 
patents has resulted in a decrease 
in patents granted and patents 
pending from 559 to 503.

R&D tax credit received
£ million

2022

2021

0.7

0.9

Our continued emphasis on R&D has 
resulted in a tax claim of £0.7 million 
(2021: £0.9 million) being repaid in 
the year.

Cash outflow from operating activities
£ million

2022

2021

2.5

4.2

Cash outflow from operating 
activities has decreased due to 
the reduction in adjusted EBITDA 
and favourable working capital.

Results of equity issue (net)
£ million

2022

5.4

Gross fundraise of £5.7 million 
offset by £0.3 million of costs.

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Managing risk in a dynamic business environment 

I n common with all businesses at 

Nanoco’s stage of development, the 
group is exposed to a range of risks, 
some of which are not wholly within our 
control or capable of complete mitigation 
or protection through insurance.

risk score, after mitigating controls, is then 
plotted on a “risk heat map”. The group’s 
principal risks are shown on the heat map 
below and are discussed in further detail 
in the pages following.

Specifically, a number of the group’s 
products and potential applications are 
at a research or development stage and 
hence it is not possible to be certain that 
a particular project or product will lead to 
a commercial application. Other products 
require further development work to 
confirm a commercially viable application.

Equally, a number of products are 
considered commercially viable but 
have yet to see demand for full scale 
production. It is also the case that the 
group is often only one part of a long 
and complex supply chain for new 
product applications. The group 
therefore has little visibility of demand 
other than from contracts already 
in place. There are therefore a range 
of risks that are associated with the 
different stages of product development 
as well as for the group as a whole.

Likelihood and impact 
of principal risks

A

B

C

F

E

D

h
g
H

i

S
E
S

I
L
L
A
T
S
Y
R
C
K
S

I

R
F
I

T
C
A
P
M

I

w
o
L

Low 

PROBABILITY OF 
RISK CRYSTALLISING

High

Risk management process

Principal overarching risk

The Board has established a process for 
carrying out a robust risk assessment that 
evaluates and manages the principal 
risks faced by the group. The Board 
reviews the process. A detailed review of 
individual risks was undertaken initially by 
the leadership team, and then reviewed 
by the Board during the financial year 
ended 31 July 2022. The Board has also 
established an acceptable level of risk 
(risk appetite) that informs the scale and 
urgency of actions required. Where risks 
are deemed to be outside management 
control, efforts are focused on mitigating 
any potential impact. Where all practical 
measures to prevent or mitigate risks 
have been taken and a residual element 
of risk still remains, these risks are 
accepted by the group.

Risks are evaluated with respect to 
the probability of occurrence and the 
potential impact if a risk crystallised. 
Where the group has identified risks, 
these are monitored with controls and 
action plans to reduce the probability of 
a risk crystallising and the impact of each 
potential event if it did occur. The residual 

The principal overarching strategic risk 
faced by the business is that the group 
exhausts its available funding before 
achieving adequate levels of commercial 
revenues and cash flows to be self-funding.

This risk has been very significantly 
mitigated in the short term by the recent 
equity fundraise which has extended the 
group’s organic cash runway to CY25. This 
date is beyond a number of key litigation 
milestones which could trigger a 
significant inflow of funds to the group. 

More importantly, it is also beyond the 
point when the group aims to be self-
funding in its organic business activities, 
subject to final adoption of the technology 
by our customers and their end customers. 
The Board now considers that a plausible 
downside scenario no longer includes the 
risk or need for a major restructuring in the 
short term. Instead, the plausible 
downside scenario is based on delays in 
customer orders and a slower ramp-up in 
demand once those orders begin.

Other principal risks

Risks are broadly categorised as 
strategic, operational, financial or 
compliance. The table overleaf focuses 
on those risks that the Directors believe 
are the most important currently faced 
by the business. Other risks may be 
unknown at present and some that are 
currently rated as low risk could become 
more material risks in the future. The 
group’s risk management process tracks 
risks as they evolve and change.

Additional continuing principal risk 
identified in FY20 (A)

In February 2020, the group initiated 
litigation against Samsung for wilful 
infringement of its IP. In May 2022 the 
Patent Trial and Appeal Board (“PTAB”) 
confirmed the validity of all 47 of 
Nanoco’s claims in the five patents 
relevant to the lawsuit. The Company 
expects a jury trial in Texas to be held 
in Q4 CY22 or shortly after.

Samsung has lodged a number of 
appeals against the decision of the PTAB 
and is likely to appeal against any trial 
verdict that favours Nanoco. It is likely 
that it will also appeal the judge’s final 
written decision when it is published. 
The group therefore remains exposed 
to both positive and negative aspects 
of the litigation.

Successfully overcoming the appeals by 
Samsung will crystallise any contingent 
asset inherent in a favourable verdict, 
though the value of that contingent asset 
may change. Conversely, if Samsung is 
successful in its appeals, any contingent 
asset could become worthless.

Both outcomes will have significant 
implications for the value of the group’s 
IP portfolio, for potential licensing or royalty 
income, and for the prospects regarding 
the sale of CFQD® quantum dots.

The balance of risk and reward has 
undoubtedly swung in Nanoco’s favour 
but given the appeals processes it is, as 
yet, by no means certain that Nanoco 
will benefit from any contingent asset 
that arises from a potential favourable 
verdict and damages award.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 027

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk description

Potential causes and impact

Mitigation

Change

Link to 
strategy

Strategic

A

Outcome of 
Samsung Litigation

Responsibility:

CEO

The final resolution of the Samsung 
litigation will have a significant impact 
on the group. If successful, there is likely 
to be a significant financial return to 
Nanoco. Conversely, if the outcome is 
negative, this could undermine the 
value of Nanoco’s IP.

Nanoco’s legal team and strategic 
adviser have significant experience 
in technology IP litigation.

Our advisers and funder performed 
extensive due diligence on the 
strength of our case before they 
agreed to act for Nanoco.

Nanoco has signed a litigation 
funding agreement with a very 
large US litigation finance specialist. 
This reduces the cash flow risk of the 
litigation to Nanoco. It also reduces 
the risk that delays to the conclusion 
of the litigation could occur.

The Board is included in ongoing 
discussions with our lawyers to 
ensure Nanoco is up to date 
with proceedings.

The group targets a wide range 
of potential applications.

Working with industry leaders 
to differentiate products from 
current offerings.

Making products commercially 
competitive.

Winning all 47 claims in the IPR’s 
and a number of favourable 
decisions in the pre-trial 
conference as well as a largely 
favourable outcome to the 
Markman hearing swung the 
balance of risks in Nanoco’s favour.

Nanoco has also commenced 
further funded litigation in 
Germany which applies further 
pressure on Samsung.

Sensing projects moving closer 
to commercialisation.

Expanded customer portfolio.

Expanded range of materials 
addressing more potential 
market applications.

Customer concentration continues 
to decrease with more active 
customer engagements. 

1

3

1

1

3

Market fails to commercially adopt 
technology incorporating the group’s 
nanomaterials.

B

Lack of market 
adoption of 
technology

Responsibility:

CEO

C

Customer 
concentration risk

Responsibility:

CEO/CTO

Reliance on a small number of key 
customers exposes the group to risk of 
delays in the customers’ own supply 
chains over which the group can exert 
limited influence (one customer was 
85% of revenue in FY22). These delays 
can then have a knock-on adverse 
effect on the group’s expected 
revenue streams.

Commercial strategy in the 
medium term is to dilute customer 
concentration risk by selling into 
various markets, through various 
channels and to a range 
of customers.

In the past financial year, we 
have signed up a number of 
different customers.

Key

Risk change

Strategy

Up

Neutral

Down

1

2

3

Growth

Investment

Licensing

028

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk description

Potential causes and impact

Mitigation

Change

Link to 
strategy

Operational

D

Loss of key 
personnel

Responsibility:

CEO

Financial

E

Lack of adequate 
resources to sustain 
the group until it 
becomes self-
sustaining

Responsibility:

CEO

Compliance

F

Major 
environmental, 
health and safety 
(“EHS”) issue

Responsibility:

CEO

While the group maintains a high level 
of protected documented IP, our staff 
remain a critical asset with significant 
levels of technical and sector know-how. 
Loss of key personnel would have 
an adverse impact on the group’s 
development and commercialisation. 

The group offers rewarding careers 
that allow staff to develop new 
skills while pursuing interesting 
research ideas.

The group reviews remuneration 
to ensure that appropriate reward 
packages accompany the fulfilling 
work environment.

Runcorn relocation led to a small 
number of staff exits. However, the 
team is now settled. Review of 
reward packages has reduced 
financial incentives to leave. The 
extended cash runway creates a 
more stable environment for staff 
and career development.

Revenues from own product sales, 
services rendered and licensee 
royalties do not materialise as planned.

The group is unable to carry out its 
operations and hence cannot deliver 
on medium-term or strategic goals.

Cash will continue to be 
prudently managed.

Focus on revenue-generating 
activities without abandoning 
worthwhile and focused R&D work.

Cost reduction actions identified 
if necessary.

Recent equity raise and revenue 
growth extends cash runway 
significantly (to CY25) and beyond 
the point when the group expects 
to be self-financing.

Failure to follow existing procedures or 
a new unforeseen risk could result in 
injury to staff, equipment, reputation 
and finances and potential loss of 
operating licences.

Extensive and ongoing efforts to 
continuously improve procedures.

Renewed leadership focus 
on the “tone at the top” 
and cultural change.

Continuous training of staff in 
risks and how to mitigate risks.

Performance on safety has 
been good this year with 
an increase in the number 
of safety opportunities 
identified in a growing 
number of leadership audits.

1

2

1

2

1

2

The Executive team manages a greater number of more detailed risks on an ongoing basis, none of which are considered 
of strategic importance to the group. The Board reviews the detailed risk register annually to ensure that all strategic risks are 
being appropriately considered at the Board level while business as usual (“BAU”) risks are actively managed by management.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 029

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TCFD disclosure 2022 

Introduction

Governance

The Board takes responsibility for the oversight of all strategic 
risks facing the business. ESG issues, including the risks associated 
with climate change, currently fall within the remit of the Audit 
Committee. The CEO takes responsibility for reporting any 
relevant environmental or climate-related risks to the Board 
and its Committees, and the Company Secretary keeps the 
Board abreast of developments in reporting and performance 
requirements. ESG related matters will be included on the 
Board agenda every 6 months.

The Board’s members have relevant capabilities related 
to climate risks and opportunities, including experience 
navigating sustainable energy markets. The Board acknowledges 
it can improve upon its broader ESG skill set and knowledge 
base, which will be considered by the Nomination Committee. 
As the Board continues to monitor Nanoco’s exposure to 
climate-related risks, it will review whether a sub-committee 
dedicated specifically to climate risk is appropriate at the 
Board level. Read more about the Board’s roles and 
responsibilities on page 45.

The leadership team is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of operational risks. To support oversight of 
operational risks, the leadership team maintains a risk register 
of identifiable risks to the business. Within this register, the 
potential impact of climate change is currently highlighted as 
a macroeconomic risk factor. Read more about our approach 
to governing and managing ESG risks on page 34. 

2023 planned actions to enhance alignment with TCFD 
governance recommendations: 

  Establish a climate change committee involving all 

levels of staff to support the management team with 
the identification and monitoring of climate-related 
issues and to formalise processes for informing the 
Board on climate-related risks;

  Explore training opportunities for the Board and wider 
staff to enhance understanding of climate-related 
risks; and

  Embed climate-related issues into updates provided 

on staff days and within employee surveys to enhance 
engagement across the business on the topic of 
climate risk.

N anoco acknowledges the serious challenges 

presented by the climate crisis to governments, 
businesses and communities around the globe. 
Our direct exposure to climate-related risks is limited, 

but the group is nonetheless committed to playing its part 
to mitigate the environmental impacts of our activities and 
to enhance our resilience to the uncertainties posed by 
climate change.

As a premium-listed organisation, Nanoco is obliged to make 
climate-related financial disclosures consistent with the TCFD 
framework in line with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(8). As a small organisation 
with only 36 employees and turnover of c.£2.5 million, the 
business has experienced challenges in achieving full 
alignment due to limited resources and constrained internal 
capabilities and capacity and our current strategic focus on 
protecting the group’s operational and R&D capabilities. The 
disclosures that follow are therefore not fully aligned with the 
TCFD recommendations at this time and the group is only 
partially compliant, with a strategy and metrics yet to be fully 
developed. However, the group is taking progressive steps 
towards building climate knowledge and capacity, as outlined 
by the 2023 planned actions described in this statement which 
we will endeavour to complete within the next reporting cycle. 

030

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportStrategy

Risk management

Nanoco acknowledges the need to conduct more comprehensive 
identification and assessment of climate-related risks and 
opportunities, as well as the potential impacts of those risks 
and opportunities on the business model and the organisation’s 
strategic resilience over various timeframes. We outline our 
initial consideration of climate-related risks within this section, 
with a focus on transition risks as the area where Nanoco 
has the most exposure. 

Nanoco’s products are inputs into consumer goods, and 
macroeconomic pressures driven by climate-related hazards 
could impact the future revenues of the business. The group 
also acknowledges the potential reputational consequences 
of failing to meet the climate expectations of stakeholders as 
the world transitions to a low carbon economy. In effect, the 
group’s climate-related risks are indirect, suggesting that 
climate change is not a principal risk to the business. 

In addition to enhancing our understanding of the climate-related 
risks that could impact our business, the group actively seeks 
to mitigate its impacts on the climate. Our LEAN project teams 
are continually searching for more energy efficient and less 
wasteful ways of getting our products to market. The group 
promotes low carbon working patterns, including car sharing 
and cycle-to-work schemes, as well as an electric vehicle (“EV”) 
salary sacrifice scheme. Where possible, we use video 
conferencing instead of face-to-face meetings, reducing 
travel-related costs and emissions. 

In consideration of climate-related opportunities, Nanoco’s 
product portfolio has potential to support the energy transition. 
For example, highly absorptive dots can be used in solar 
energy applications, and the group’s display and lighting 
technologies can support the energy efficiency objectives 
of our customers. Nanoco’s products are also notably free 
of toxic cadmium, which likely reduces emissions associated 
with managing the disposal of toxic waste. 

Read more about the group’s initiatives to promote low carbon 
practices in its operations on page 36. 

2023 planned actions to enhance alignment with TCFD 
strategy recommendations: 

  The climate change committee will explore 

opportunities to further mitigate Nanoco’s impact on 
the climate and conduct a deeper assessment of 
climate-related risks, including the potential impact 
of risks on capital expenditure plans, future strategy 
and financial planning; and

  Explore how the group might conduct qualitative 

climate scenario analysis in the future

As part of the group risk management process, all potential 
risks are assessed according to the probability of the risk 
occurring and the potential impact should the risk be realised. 
In respect to climate change, the group has concluded 
through initial qualitative assessment and discussion that the 
business has relatively low exposure to climate-related risks. 

However, the group acknowledges that the growing attention 
on ESG and the widespread consequences of the climate crisis 
will leave no business untouched. In light of these transformations 
and following an annual review of the group risk register, 
Nanoco expects to add ESG-related risks to the register in the 
next financial year, which will include more robust assessment 
of the group’s exposure to climate-related risks. The integration 
of this risk into the register will activate a review of the controls 
and action plans associated with the management process. 
Read more about the group’s approach to risk management 
on page 27.

2023 planned actions to enhance alignment with TCFD 
risk management recommendations: 

  Establish new identification and assessment 

processes to support the monitoring of ESG associated 
risks with the support and input of the new climate 
change committee; and

  Embed consideration for potential climate impacts 
in the controls and action plans related to the 
management of risk.

Metrics and targets

The group does not currently monitor any additional 
climate-related metrics, and therefore has not set any 
climate-related targets. As the group continues to assess the 
materiality of climate-related risks and opportunities, we will 
consider whether new data should be collected and whether 
relevant targets should be set. 

Nanoco does monitor and report environmental performance 
indicators including waste and energy efficiency metrics. 
The group’s greenhouse gas emissions, including its scope 3 
emissions related to business travel, can be viewed on page 35.

2023 planned actions to enhance alignment with TCFD 
metrics and targets recommendations: 

  Revisit the materiality of scope 3 categories to 

determine whether additional data is needed to 
understand the full climate impacts and exposure 
of the group; 

  Evaluate whether meaningful metrics and targets 

can be introduced to communicate the energy saving 
potential of our products to customers; and

  Work with our landlords to devise strategies to reduce 

our on-site energy consumption.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 031

 
Viability statement

The Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the group has access to adequate 
resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future

I n accordance with the provisions in 

the UK Corporate Governance Code 
(C.2.2 of the 2018 revision), the Directors 
have assessed the viability of the 

group’s business model and determined 
that a two-year period continues to be a 
suitable period to be utilised. A two-year 
period is considered appropriate given 
the rapidly evolving nature of the markets 
for the group’s products and the group’s 
early stage of commercial development. 
As noted in the section on principal risks 
and uncertainties, market-wide adoption 
of quantum dot technology is still in its 
infancy and, until well established in 
multiple applications, forecasting time 
horizons will be necessarily short.

The Directors’ assessment has been 
made with reference to the current 
position of the group and the group’s 
current strategy and principal risks as 
described in this Strategic report.

Brexit risks are minimal for the group, 
subject to no significant adverse 
changes to any trading arrangements 
that could be a consequence of other 
geopolitical issues. The group has also 
demonstrated a strong ability to 
maintain operations through the 
Covid-19 pandemic and these 
protections should be applicable in the 
event of a resurgence in Covid-19 or a 
new similar pandemic.

Inflationary pressures are mitigated 
these by reviewing suppliers and achieving 
volume breaks. In addition, given the 
ongoing cost of living crisis, we continue 
to review market conditions and assess 
the impact on all stakeholders.

Changes during the year

quantum dot based materials. Previous 
extensions have been measured in 
months or quarters and hence the new 
contract is a significant positive change. 
It also extends beyond the point when 
the group expects to have visibility of 
commercial production orders. Finally, 
the new contract has favourable working 
capital terms that allow Nanoco to put in 
place buffer stocks of important raw 
materials in the run-up to potential 
production orders.

As noted above, while the adoption of 
quantum dot technology is in its relative 
infancy, positive momentum is now being 
seen in display markets where more 
companies are entering the market for 
quantum dot-based TVs. Samsung 
previously dominated with close to 100% 
market share but its share is now estimated 
to be below 90%. RoHS regulations and 
their international equivalents are also 
encouraging new market entrants to 
abandon cadmium- based solutions 
and to switch to cadmium-free systems. 
Nanoco’s extensive IP in this area, and 
the emphatic acceptance of the validity 
of these patents by the US Patent Trial 
and Appeal Board, will also support the 
group’s proactive business development 
in the display field.

In the field of sensing, we continue 
to expand our range of materials on 
offer and also to increase the number of 
active customer engagements, with the 
aim of lowering the risk around customer 
concentration as well as increasing 
revenue prospects. Two important grants 
were won around the end of the financial 
year from Innovate UK that will also 
support our drive to expand our material 
sets and potential applications.

In the fourth quarter of FY22, we 
announced a full year contract extension 
with our important European electronics 
customer. This demonstrates the 
commitment of the customer to the 
technology and also cements Nanoco’s 
place as its “go to” R&D partner for 

Cost control has continued throughout 
the year. By exiting our Manchester facility 
and co-locating all of our activities on 
our Runcorn site, we will be able to 
exploit not just operational benefits but 
also see annualised savings of around 
£0.7 million (net) per annum from 

032

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

December 2022 when the final exit 
is complete. This should reduce our 
annualised cash cost base to just over 
£4.0 million which in turn lowers our 
breakeven revenue figure to around £5.0 
million, depending on the mix of goods 
and services in that revenue. We have 
maintained all of our core capabilities 
while executing the co-location project 
which in turn maintains our range of 
future potential revenue streams.

In June 2022, we announced a 
significantly over-subscribed equity issue 
that raised net proceeds of £5.4 million. 
This extends our organic business cash 
runway by a relatively long way and into 
CY25, which is beyond the point when 
we expect the organic business to be 
self-financing and also beyond many key 
dates in the Samsung litigation process.

The viability assessment process

In assessing the viability of the group, the 
Directors have utilised their forecasts for 
the period to 31 October 2024 which take 
into account the group’s current and 
expected business activities and 
commercial opportunity pipeline, the 
current cash resources (£6.8 million as 
at 31 July 2022), the contracted revenue 
for FY23, and the principal risks and 
uncertainties faced, including the loan 
notes which fall due in June 2024. These 
inputs form the basis of a conservative 
base case with the main assumptions 
shown below in the section on going 
concern.

A two-year time horizon creates scope 
to win new business and production 
revenues that could allow the group 
to become self-financing. It is also a 
reasonable possibility that the initial 
outcome of the Samsung lawsuit could 
be known in this timeframe.

The assumptions above were then 
flexed to create a “severe but plausible” 
downside stress test. This includes the 
assumption that commercial production 

Strategic reportis delayed by a year and that a number 
of current active development 
engagements end with no further service 
work or material demand. The group 
remains viable in this scenario. Modelling 
of an extreme downside for the going 
concern assessment still shows the group 
remains viable even if no further 
commercial wins are achieved beyond 
those which are already contracted 
and where the group retreats to become 
an “IP shell” while the Samsung lawsuit 
continues. In both scenarios, there is a 
risk that the loan notes cannot be 
satisfied as they fall due in June 2024. 
Management are confident that, as and 
when the loan notes fall due, suitable 
actions can be performed, such as an 
equity fundraise, or the conversion of the 
loan notes to equity, which would see 
these repaid at that time.

Conclusion

As a result of the assessment outlined 
above, the Directors have confirmed that 
they have a reasonable expectation that 
the group will remain viable and able to 
continue in operation and meet liabilities 
as they fall due over the two-year period 
of their assessment.

Going concern

All of the following matters are taken into 
account by the Directors in forming their 
assessment of going concern:

  The group’s business activities and 
market conditions are set out on 
pages 1 to 26.

  The principal risks and uncertainties 

are shown on pages 27 to 29.

  The group’s financial position is 

described in the Financial review 
on pages 24 to 26.

  Note 27 to the accounts summarises 

the group’s financial risk management 
objectives, policies and processes.

For the purposes of their going concern 
assessment and the basis for the 
preparation of the 2022 Annual Report, 
the Directors have reviewed the same 
trading and cash flow forecasts and 
sensitivity analyses that were used by 
the group in the viability assessment as 
noted above, with the going concern 
assessment covering the period to 
November 2023. The same base case 
and downside sensitivities were also 
used with the addition of an extreme 
downside where no uncontracted 
revenue was included and the group 
contracted to become an IP shell.

The base case represents the Board’s 
current expectations. Assumptions in the 
base case are:

base case so there is no immediate 
requirement for short-term increases 
or new capital expenditure.

The downside case then flexes those 
assumptions as follows:

  a full year delay in small scale 

commercial production revenues (into 
CY24); and

  no new business from other customers 
once existing active engagements end.

The extreme downside case then flexes 
those assumptions further as follows:

  the engagement with the European 

electronics customer comes to an end 
without any commercial production;

  no revenues other than those already 

  minimal sales of nanomaterials 

contracted; and

beyond current contracts-commercial 
services contracts are based on the 
existing pipeline of opportunities or 
agreements already in place;

  modest demand for commercial 

production materials in CY23 with a 
subsequent slow ramp-up in demand; 

  a further extension to the services 

and supply contract with the 
European electronics customer;

  no revenue is assumed from other 
business lines though some small 
scale commercial deals are currently 
under discussion;

  consolidation of activities on one 

site in Runcorn to reduce costs with 
modest staff increases in key areas;

  small expansion of our self-funded 
research activities and continued 
maintenance costs to support our 
IP portfolio;

  Board, plc and other costs reflect 

the current inflationary environment;

  group remains a going concern 

and eligible for R&D tax credits; and

  the installed cost base is capable 

of supporting significant increases in 
revenue above those assumed in the 

  the group contracts to become an IP 

shell to protect the value in the 
Samsung lawsuit.

All three cases above produce cash flow 
statements that demonstrate that the 
group has sufficient cash throughout the 
period of the forecast, being a period to 
November 2023.

Going concern conclusion

Considering the current financial 
resources and monthly cash costs 
of the group, with potential for further 
mitigating action as noted above, and 
after making appropriate enquiries, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the group has access to adequate 
resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future.

Accordingly, the Directors continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the consolidated financial 
statements. The financial statements 
do not reflect any adjustments that 
would be required to be made if they 
were prepared on a basis other than 
the going concern basis.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 033

Sustainability

Nanoco recognises that providing a safe, 
secure and healthy working environment 
is essential and contributes to productivity 
and improved performance

T he group recognises that, although 

its primary responsibility under UK 
corporate law is to its shareholders, 
it also has responsibilities towards 

its employees, customers, suppliers and 
also, ultimately, those consumers who 
benefit from its products, the broader 
public and the environment.

Health and safety 

Nanoco recognises that providing a safe, 
secure and healthy working environment 
is essential and contributes to productivity 
and improved performance. The health, 
safety and welfare of all of our employees, 
contractors and visitors is taken seriously 
across the entire organisation, with 
ultimate responsibility lying with the CEO. 
Health and safety performance is a 
standing item on each Board and 
Executive team agenda, and is also 
discussed within departmental meetings. 
The group’s health and safety policy is 
reviewed annually. In addition, the Board 
has established an Environmental, Health 
and Safety (“EHS”) Committee to oversee 
the implementation of policy and involve 
staff in generating improvement plans.

There are various improvement and 
reporting systems in place to monitor the 
performance of the group’s health and 
safety management system. These 
initiatives include:

i) 

ii) 

 reporting all incidents (including near 
misses) with appropriate ownership, 
root cause analysis and action 
tracking systems;

 communication of relevant topics 
and incidents via weekly toolbox 
talks to all departments;

iii)   monthly and quarterly leadership 

safety and observation audits with 
the focus on immediate action 
resolution by the Executive or senior 
manager leading the audit;

iv)   monthly departmental audits with 

assigned action tracking processes 
in place to address issues;

v) 

 monthly health and safety reports 
issued across the organisation to 
communicate performance against 
annual metrics and progress on key 
improvement initiatives and projects;

vi)   annual health checks for staff, 

including tests for chemical exposure 
where required; and

vii)   annual occupational chemical 
exposure tests using fixed and 
personal monitors.

programme is in place for all new staff 
and visitors/contractors performing work 
on our premises. Staff are trained in 
standard operating procedures, hazard 
awareness, generic workplace health 
and safety risks and behavioural safety 
expectations applicable to their role 
within the group.

Each stakeholder has different interests, 
some of which are listed below:

Employees

A risk assessment programme is in place 
to identify and mitigate the risks from our 
operations. These assessments include 
but are not limited to:

i) 

 the storage, handling and processing 
of hazardous substances;

Nanoco acknowledges its responsibilities 
for the health and safety of its employees, 
for their training and development and for 
treating them fairly. Further information 
about its employment policies is 
outlined overleaf.

ii) 

 fire safety and emergency evacuation;

Customers

iii)   use of mechanical and electrical 

equipment; and

iv)   other workplace operations involving 
manual handling and ergonomic 
risks, working at height and other 
hazards identified as part of the 
EHS improvement programme.

All risk assessments are documented and 
actions assigned and reviewed according 
to the defined frequency. All research 
and development functions are actively 
encouraged to, wherever possible, eliminate 
or reduce the levels of hazardous 
substances used in our products and 
processes. All relevant chemical legislation 
and regulatory frameworks are used to 
assess the suitability of a substance prior 
to use as part of the risk assessment 
process. Standard operating procedures 
are documented and regularly reviewed. 
The group’s robust environment, health 
and safety control environment is 
evidenced by there being only one 
externally reportable incident in any 
category in the last six years. 

All controlled documents are reviewed 
and approved via the electronic 
document management system. 
A health and safety induction 

Nanoco is responsible for the quality and 
safety of its products and for the 
performance of its research and 
development projects.

Shareholders

Nanoco seeks to increase shareholder 
value over the long term.

A serious H&S incident could jeopardise 
our “licence to operate” and threaten 
shareholder value.

A cross-functional employee health and 
safety team meets on a monthly basis with 
representation from all areas of the group, 
including the Executive team. Effective 
inputs and outputs from the team are 
designed to facilitate a greater focus on 
health and safety and to actively encourage 
discussions within respective groups.

The group has an excellent safety 
record and there has only been one 
reportable incident to the respective 
UK authorities across all our operations. 
Nanoco is committed to the continuous 
improvement of the health and safety 
management system.

034

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportWhole portfolio carbon generation (energy use)

2022 tCO2e

2021 tCO2e

Change

Intensity (tCO2e/average number 
of employees)
2022

2021

Change

Scope 2

Electricity

Natural gas

276

220

343

(20%)

11.8

10.2

16%

128

72%

Scope 3

Air travel

3

0

100%

Energy consumption used 
to calculate emissions (MWh)
2022

2021

Change

Total

499

471

6%

2,500

2,314

8%

Data notes

Reporting period

Boundary

Reporting method 

1 August 2021 to 31 July 2022

Operational control

The Greenhouse Gas (“GHG”) Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard

Emissions factor source

Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy, Standard Set 2017

Data changes and restatements

None

Environment

Nanoco is committed to protecting the 
environment in which our activities are 
conducted. This commitment is directly 
expressed in our decision to develop our 
CFQD® quantum dot products to be free 
of toxic cadmium, which is still widely 
used by our competitors in their quantum 
dot products.

Nanoco has participated actively with 
regulators on the use of cadmium-based 
quantum dots in displays and LED light 
products. The European Commission 
(“EC”) has now made a ruling on the 
appeal submitted by three companies 
that the exemption allowing the use of 
cadmium-based quantum dots in 
display films should continue. The EC 
was also considering an appeal for a 
five-year exemption to allow cadmium-
based QDs to be applied directly onto 
LED chips for displays and lighting.

The EC has received a recommendation 
that:

  the exemption to allow cadmium 

(>100ppm) in QD films for display is no 
longer justified and should be phased 
out by 31 October 2021; and

  a new exemption is granted to allow 

cadmium-based QDs applied directly 
onto LED chips for displays and high 
CRI lighting for a period of five years.

Both of the above recommendations are 
subject to the EC adopting the 
delegated act. It should also be noted 
that for film-based displays there is not 
an outright ban which could allow 
displays with cadmium content below 

the limits above to continue to be sold. 
As at the time of writing, the EC has not 
yet passed the legislation to implement 
the decisions above and the legal status 
of the exemption which was due to expire 
in October 2021 is unclear.

The group’s environmental policy aims 
to foster a positive attitude towards the 
environment and to raise the awareness 
of employees towards responsible 
environmental practices at all sites 
operated by the group. The group 
endeavours to ensure compliance with 
all relevant legislation and regulatory 
requirements and, where practical and 
economically viable, standards are 
developed in excess of such requirements.

The CEO has responsibility for reporting 
on relevant environmental matters to the 
Board. There have been no environmental 
incidents to report to the authorities 
across all our operations. Shareholders 
and other interested parties are 
encouraged to use the online version of 
the Annual Report and Accounts rather 
than requesting hard copies. Interested 
parties are encouraged to visit the 
group’s website or use the regulatory 
news services instead of a hard copy. 
Employees are also encouraged to 
recycle paper, plastic, glass, cardboard 
and cans wherever possible.

Greenhouse gas (“GHG”) reporting 

Under the Companies Act 2006 
(Strategic and Directors’ Reports) 
Regulations 2013, the group is required 
to state the annual quantity of emissions 
in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent 
from activities for which the business is 
responsible, including the combustion 

of fuel and the operation of its facilities, 
and resulting from the purchase of 
electricity, heat, steam or cooling by 
the business for its own use.

As both of the group’s UK premises are in 
multi-occupancy sites we place reliance 
upon their respective landlords to 
provide the data needed to determine 
emissions. Our laboratories require 
continuous negative pressure 
environments and, consequently, it is not 
possible to set realistic reduction targets 
in the consumption of electricity.

The exit from the first floor of our 
Manchester facility has reduced our 
related emissions to nil. The exit from 
the remainder of the Manchester site 
will effectively eliminate it as a source 
of emissions for Nanoco with only a small 
increase in Runcorn emissions from the 
co-location of our activities to one site.

Our gas consumption is used for heating 
premises and site costs are shared 
between tenants on the basis of area of 
occupancy. In the absence of significant 
amounts of revenue from the sale of 
commercial products, the emissions 
of the business primarily arise from 
the occupation of its research and 
administration facilities rather than from 
revenue related production operations.

Following the decision to surrender 
the group’s US office space, Nanoco 
emissions in that location have reduced 
to nil. Our emissions, based on appropriate 
conversion factors published by the 
Department for Business, Energy & 
Industrial Strategy, for the current year 
are shown in the charts above.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 035

Sustainability continued

Environment continued

Attraction and retention

Recruiting technical specialists has 
always been key to Nanoco’s success. In 
a highly competitive market this means 
that we strive to offer a competitive 
benefits package and an attractive 
workplace culture to ensure that we 
attract and retain the best of the best. 
The number of long-serving employees 
demonstrates Nanoco’s ability to retain 
top talent; out of 36 employees at 31 July 
2022, 22% had over ten years’ length of 
service and a further 28% had between 
five and ten years’ service.

Nanoco operates an employee referral 
scheme for recruiting new talent. 
Referrals from existing employees are a 
valued source of new recruits, typically 
introducing high quality candidates with 
a better cultural fit.

Nanoco has a comprehensive 
onboarding process for new joiners which 
includes H&S, HR, intellectual property, IT, 
finance and corporate induction 
sessions. The aim of this is to get 
employees engaged from their first day 
at Nanoco, and fully equipped to work 
towards Nanoco goals from the very 
beginning of their Nanoco career.

Waste

During the year, the group generated 
9.3 tonnes of waste (2021: 7.6 tonnes) and 
recycled 3.8 tonnes of this (2021: 2.9 
tonnes). The group engages a specialist 
contractor to incinerate batches of 
chemicals and dispose of other materials 
no longer required. All waste contractors 
are assessed to ensure the waste 
hierarchy approach is applied to all of 
our materials handled, and that their 
operations and systems are compliant 
with the relevant legislation. Audits are 
performed every three years in line with 
our duty of care as a waste producer.

Other environmental matters

Consideration of the benefits to the 
environment is a significant factor in 
decisions regarding investments to upgrade 
the group’s research and development 
facilities in Manchester and Runcorn.

Video conferencing is used where possible 
instead of physical travel in order to reduce 
the group’s environmental footprint 
through fewer flights and other means of 
travel. Lessons learned from continuing 
operations during the Covid-19 pandemic 
have continued to be adopted.

The group’s display, lighting and solar 
technologies all sit in the energy 
efficiency and low environmental impact 
arena and, as such, will enable customer 
companies to increase the uptake of 
their products while reducing their 
impact on the environment.

22%

Employee 
length 
of service

50+

28%

50%

Key

0-4 years

5-10 years

> 10 years

Employees with disabilities

It is Nanoco’s policy that people with 
disabilities, including job applicants and 
employees, should be able to participate 
in all of Nanoco’s activities fully on an 
equal basis with people who are not 
disabled. Nanoco strives to promote an 
environment free from discrimination, 
harassment and victimisation.

Nanoco has a disability inclusion policy 
that states that Nanoco will not, on the 
grounds of a person’s disability, or for a 
reason relating to a person’s disability, 
treat that person less favourably than it 
treats, or would treat, others to whom the 
same reason does not or would not 
apply, unless genuinely justified.

Covid-19

Whilst essential work carried on at Nanoco through the 
lockdown period, staffing levels were reduced at various 
times in line with Government guidance. Because of the 
EHS training which all managers and staff undergo, EHS 
standards were maintained and there was no impact on 
health and safety due to the reduction in numbers during 
affected periods. Measures were taken by the Company 
to address the risk of Covid-19 on the Company 
and employees, including but not limited to:

  risk assessments for both sites;

  PPE policies and protocols for prevention of infection;

  social distancing;

  shielding for vulnerable workers;

  login system for staff, and supervision by management 

which can be accessed remotely;

  liaising with the Employee Voice Committee to address 

any concerns; and

  return to work assessments for all employees.

036

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report28
+
22
+
M
Aligning the entire Nanoco organisation to 
ensure that we focus on what is important 
to achieve our goals is critical to our 
success. In order to help us navigate the 
exciting opportunities in front of us it is 
crucial that as Nanoco employees and 
managers we make conscious, careful 
and informed choices about how we 
allocate our time and energy – as 
individuals and members of teams.

We believe that building a positive 
partnership between strategic 
management and the wider workforce is 
crucial to Nanoco’s success. Our people 
are our best problem solvers and possess 
the insight on how we can make Nanoco 
a top organisation to work for. We have 
therefore started an exercise to roll out 
LEAN training to all members of staff and 
the first cohort completed their initial 
training in the fourth quarter of the 
financial year.

To improve our employee engagement, 
in 2019 we established the Employee 
Voice Committee, which gives employee 
representatives a forum to raise 
concerns and communicate directly 
with Board members.

A meaningful employee voice will support 
us as an organisation undergoing 
change and responding to industry 
changes. A direct link with the Board also 
enables our Board members to better 
understand the diverse nature of the 
Company, allowing them to execute their 
roles more effectively.

Recognition

Nanoco recognises that it has a duty to 
ensure the health, safety and welfare of 
its employees as far as reasonably 
practicable. This includes physical, 
mental and social wellbeing. It is also 
required to have in place measures to 
mitigate as far as practicable factors 
that could harm employees’ physical 
and mental wellbeing, which includes 
work related stress. 

Nanoco, as part of its wellbeing strategy, 
puts particular focus on mental health. 
It does so through a variety of means 
including events such as Mental Health 
Awareness Week, mindfulness sessions 
and charity events to raise awareness of 
the support available to those that suffer 
from mental health issues. We encourage 
an open door policy where employees are 
able to disclose and receive support for 
any mental health issues they may face.

The employee assistance programme, 
as part of the wellbeing policy, provides 
caring and compassionate support to help 
people cope and build resilience. Both 
telephone counselling and face-to-face 
counselling are available to all employees 
through the programme. This support 
aims to reduce absence and improve 
wellbeing by addressing issues head 
on and reducing their impact.

At the point of appointment, Nanoco 
obtains occupational health advice as 
to reasonable adjustments. For disabled 
employees we put together a 
“Reasonable Adjustment Action Plan” 
to support employees with disabilities 
or health conditions by removing or 
minimising workplace barriers. These plans 
are reviewed collaboratively between 
managers and employees to ensure that 
they remain relevant. Culturally, we believe 
that it is important to offer adjustments 
in a proactive manner where appropriate 
rather than waiting for our employees 
to request these.

Nanoco currently employs one person 
with a disability with a series of 
reasonable adjustments in place to 
support this important member of staff.

Engagement and wellbeing 

Communication channels at Nanoco 
include all-Company meetings, leadership 
meetings, and senior team meetings 
which then cascade information down. 
Communication media used includes the 
group intranet, all-group email briefings 
and online meeting software. Our line 
managers hold regular team meetings, 
cross-functional working group meetings 
and management one-to-one updates 
with their team members.

Nanoco is committed to a policy of 
engaging employees in the activities and 
growth of the group. Human resources and 
senior management review communication 
channels via the use of employee surveys 
and plan communication activities to 
ensure employees are fully informed of 
current business strategy and financial 
results or corporate news.

Corporate communication is key to the 
engagement of our workforce. We have 
focused on improving the look, feel and 
content of Company-wide electronic 
communications in order to make these 
more engaging to employees. 

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 037

Sustainability continued

Gender diversity at Nanoco (at 31 July 2022)

Key

Female

Male

21%

14%

36%

All 
employees

79+

79% 86+

86% 64+

Board of 
Directors

Senior 
team

64%

Nationalities represented 
by our employees

7

Equality and diversity

Ethics

Nanoco aims to demonstrate and 
promote high standards of honest and 
ethical conduct throughout the group. 
Formal policies and procedures are 
reviewed annually and the policies 
listed below are available on the 
group intranet or upon request from 
the Company Secretary. All group 
employees are required to adhere to 
specified codes of conduct, policies 
and procedures, including, but not 
limited to, the:

  anti-bribery and corruption policy;

  whistleblowing policy; and

  equal opportunities policy.

Nanoco is a member of the Chemical 
Industries Association (“CIA”) and applies 
the principles of Responsible Care® to all 
of its operations.

All Nanoco employees are required to 
complete annual training in the areas of 
cyber security, GDPR and information 
security to ensure they remain up to date 
and alert to the signs of fraud and 
unethical practices.

Racial and geographical diversity

The group’s employees are from many 
different backgrounds, including seven 
different nationalities: American, British, 
German, Indian, Italian, Lithuanian 
and Portuguese.

In addition, group employees come from 
a range of business backgrounds, not 
purely research and development. 
Indeed, of the Board members, previous 
roles and responsibilities include those in 
the supply of chemicals and the 
engineering, electronics, life sciences, 
fast-moving consumer goods, publishing 
and financial industries.

Nanoco will appoint, train, develop, 
reward and promote on the basis of merit 
and ability. Nanoco’s equal opportunities 
policy states that employees will not 
receive less favourable treatment or 
consideration on the grounds of age; 
disability; gender or gender 
reassignment; marriage and civil 
partnership status; pregnancy and 
maternity; race; religion or belief; sex; 
sexual orientation; or part-time status, 
nor will they be disadvantaged by any 
conditions of employment that cannot 
be justified as necessary on operational 
grounds relevant to the performance of 
the job.

The group’s equal opportunities policy is 
reviewed annually and is available to 
employees on the group intranet. A copy 
can be obtained upon request from the 
Company Secretary.

038

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic report21
+
M
14
+
M
36
+
M
Proportion of males and females in each income quartile

Gender pay gap

Upper quartile

87%

Upper middle quartile

78%

Lower middle quartile

78%

Lower quartile

78%

13%

22%

22%

22%

Key

Female

Male

Mean hourly earnings

Median hourly earnings

£22.32
Total1

£21.69
Male1

£24.55
Female1

£21.70
Total1

£20.41
Male1

£23.30
Female1

1  Excluding Directors.

Gender pay gap 

Scientific research is a sector challenged 
by a lack of gender diversity, but we feel 
that we have an opportunity to challenge 
this status quo. Nanoco believes in being 
an inclusive and diverse organisation 
where everyone is able to reach their full 
potential. The challenge in our organisation 
and across Great Britain is to eliminate any 
gender pay gap; we therefore voluntarily 
analysed gender pay gap data as at 
31 July 2022. We can use these results 
to assess the levels of gender equality 
in our workplace and the balance of male 
and female employees at different levels.

At the snapshot date of 31 July 2022, 
Nanoco employed 36 employees (2021: 
39) in the UK, of whom 21% were female
(2021: 18%). Employees work across a 
variety of roles in research and 
production environments. 

Overall female representation across the 
quartile pay bands corresponds fairly 
closely to the percentage of female to 
male employees overall.

The median gender pay gap for all 
Nanoco employees excluding Directors is 
(12%) (2021: (6%)). This means that for every 
£1 the median man earns at Nanoco, the 
median woman earns £1.12. The national 
average pay gap in 2021 for all UK 
employees is 14.9%1 in favour of men 
compared to Nanoco’s 12.4% gap in 
favour of women.

1 

 Source: Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings 

(“ASHE”) – Office for National Statistics.

On behalf of the Board

Dr Christopher Richards 
Chairman

Brian Tenner
Chief Executive Officer
28 October 2022

Strategic report approval

The Strategic report on pages 6 
to 39 incorporates:

 Chairman’s statement

 Chief Executive Officer’s statement

 Our business model

 Our strategy

 Key performance indicators

 Principal risks and uncertainties

 Viability statement

 TCFD disclosure

 Sustainability

Brian Tenner
Chief Executive Officer
28 October 2022

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 039

Board of Directors

Our refocused Board comprises 
experienced and talented people from 
scientific, chemical, industrial, commercial 
and financial markets backgrounds

Key

A

N

R

Audit Committee

Nominations Committee

Remuneration Committee

Chair

Dr Christopher Richards

Brian Tenner

Non-Executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer 

Dr Nigel Pickett

Chief Technology Officer

Appointed
Chris was appointed Chairman of Nanoco Group 
plc in May 2016, having joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director in November 2015. 

Skills and experience
Following a successful international career in the 
agrochemical and life sciences industries, Chris 
has become a highly experienced non-executive 
director and business adviser. Chris is the former 
Chief Executive Officer of Arysta LifeScience, a 
Japan-based agrochemical business which grew 
rapidly under his leadership. After stepping down 
as CEO in 2010, he became Arysta LifeScience’s 
Non-Executive Chairman until the sale of the 
business in 2015 to Platform Specialty Products.

After gaining his DPhil from the University of 
Oxford in Biological Science, Chris worked as a 
research scientist for four years. He began his 
executive career in 1983 in the Plant Protection 
division at Imperial Chemical Industries plc, which 
later became Syngenta. For 20 years, he has lived 
in various countries including Colombia and 
Japan and led international marketing and 
commercial functions.

Other roles 
Chris currently holds a number of non-executive 
roles at quoted and private businesses. He is the 
Chairman of Plant Health Care plc (AIM: PHC) and 
a Non-Executive Director of Origin Enterprises plc 
(AIM: OGN).

Committees 

RN

Appointed
Brian was appointed Chief Executive Officer in 
September 2020. He originally joined the Board 
as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer in August 2018. He has had a significant 
impact on the group’s performance in his time 
with Nanoco, particularly in sharpening the 
commercial focus, providing people leadership 
in the UK and improving cost control. Brian also 
previously served as the Company Secretary. 

Skills and experience
Prior to joining Nanoco, Brian held a number of 
senior executive positions with both publicly listed 
and private multinational companies. His roles 
have typically encompassed the full range of 
commercial, operational and financial activities 
with an emphasis on leading change and 
transformation programmes. Brian’s previous 
roles include Interim CEO and subsequently CFO 
of NCC (LSE: NCC) from 2017 to 2018 (cyber 
security professional services) and CFO of Renold 
plc (LSE: RNO) from 2010 to 2016 (engineering 
manufacturing), Scapa plc (AIM: SCPA) from 2007 
to 2010 (speciality chemicals) and British Nuclear 
Group from 2003 to 2007 (hi-tech chemicals and 
large-scale decommissioning projects). Brian 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant with PwC 
in 1994. He holds a Law degree (LLB Hons) from 
Edinburgh University.

Appointed
Nanoco’s technology team is led by Nigel, who is 
a co-founder of Nanoco and inventor of Nanoco’s 
key quantum dot scale-up technology. In 2000 
he moved to Manchester where he co-founded 
Nanoco Technologies in 2001.

Skills and experience
Nigel has co-authored over 70 academic papers 
and is an inventor on 150 patents and pending 
applications. He has a passion for and experience 
in taking research work from the academic bench 
through to full commercialisation. Nigel graduated 
from Newcastle University in 1991 and chose to 
remain at Newcastle to pursue a PhD in the field 
of main group organometallics and is a Fellow of 
the Royal Society of Chemistry. After graduation 
in 1994 he undertook a postdoctoral fellowship 
at St Andrews University, Scotland, in the field of 
precursor design for metalorganic vapour phase 
epitaxy (“MOVPE”) growth and synthesis of 
nanoparticles using chemical vapour deposition 
(“CVD”) techniques. In 1996 he won a Japan 
Society for the Promotion of Science (“JSPS”) 
fellowship and spent the following year working 
at Tokyo University of Agriculture and Technology, 
Japan. In 1998 he became a Research Fellow at 
Georgia Institute of Technology, US, working on 
the design and evaluation of precursors used 
in MOVPE.

Other roles 
None.

Other roles 
None.

040

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceLiam Gray

Dr Alison Fielding

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

Non-Executive Senior Independent Director

Appointed
Liam was appointed to the Board in November 2021. He originally joined the 
Company as Group Financial Controller in March 2019, before becoming 
Finance Director and then subsequently joining the Board. 

Skills and experience
Liam started his career at KPMG LLP, where he qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant working primarily in audit on both large and medium-sized 
public and private companies. After six years at KPMG LLP he moved to 
Renold plc (LSE: RNO), initially as Group Financial Controller before moving 
into the European division as Commercial Finance Manager. He holds an 
Accountancy degree from the University of Liverpool.

Other roles 
None.

Appointed
Alison was appointed to the Board in April 2017.

Skills and experience
Alison holds an MBA from Manchester Business School, a PhD in Organic 
Chemistry and a first-class degree in Chemistry from the University of 
Glasgow and an MSc in Mindfulness from the University of Aberdeen. 

Alison started her career at Zeneca PLC (now Astra Zeneca) followed by five 
years at McKinsey & Company and later co-founded Techtran Group Limited, 
which was acquired by IP Group in 2005, where she held the role of Director and 
COO until 2013. Whilst at IP Group, she also sat on the board of and advised 
several early stage and quoted IP Group-backed technology companies. 

Other roles 
Alison is currently a Non-Executive Director of Maven Income and Growth 
VCT PLC, a Non-Executive Director of Thomas Swan & Co. Limited, and a 
Non-Executive Director of Zotefoams plc.

Committees 

RNA

Chris Batterham 

Non-Executive Director

Appointed
Chris was appointed to the Board in April 2019.

Skills and experience
Chris holds a Natural Sciences degree from Cambridge University. He then 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Arthur Andersen LLP in 1979 where 
he spent his early career.

Chris has considerable financial and operational experience and became 
the Finance Director of Unipalm Group plc, from 1996 to 2001. He then went 
on to become CFO of Searchspace Group Limited from 2001 until 2005. 
Chris then went on to hold a number of non-executive roles across a range 
of companies with a technology focus in many cases.

Other roles 
Chris is currently a Non-Executive Director of NCC Group plc. 

Committees 

RNA

Henry Turcan 

Non-Executive Director

Appointed
Henry was appointed to the Board in September 2021 and stepped down 
in August 2022 as the group’s financial position was significantly improved.

Skills and experience
Henry has worked in financial services since 1996, with a focus on equity 
capital markets. Having spent the first part of his career advising growth 
companies within investment banking, he joined the Volantis team at 
Henderson Global Investors in 2015 which subsequently transferred to 
Lombard Odier Investment Management in 2017, becoming known as 1798 
Volantis. Henry graduated with an MA (Hons) in Modern Languages from 
Edinburgh University. Henry is a representative of the funds managed or 
sub-advised by Lombard Odier Asset Management group entities, 
collectively the group’s largest shareholder. 

Other roles 
Henry is currently a Non-Executive Director of Arena Events Plc, Woodbois 
Limited and Minds + Machines Group Limited.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 041

Corporate governance statement

Good governance is of particular 
importance in times of uncertainty 
and business change due to the 
additional challenges that arise

DR CHRISTOPHER RICHARDS
Chairman

I am pleased to present the Corporate 

governance report for the year ended 
31 July 2022. This section of the Annual 
Report describes our corporate 
governance structures and processes 
and their application throughout the 
year ended 31 July 2022.

The Board’s view on 
corporate governance

The UK Corporate Governance Code 
embodies core principles of accountability, 
transparency, probity and a focus on 
long-term success. The Board firmly 
believes that a company governed in 
accordance with these principles is more 
likely to be successful and that this is all 
the more important in times of 
significant uncertainty.

The Board and its Committees play a 
central role in the group’s governance by 
providing an external and independent 
perspective on matters material to 
Nanoco’s stakeholders, and by seeking to 
ensure that effective internal controls and 
risk management processes are in place.

The Board also promotes a culture of 
good governance throughout the group 
by creating an environment of openness, 
transparency and accountability.

The members of the Board bring a wide 
range of skills and experience to the 
group as set out on pages 40 and 41. 
This was bolstered during the year by the 
appointment of Liam Gray as CFO and 
Henry Turcan from Lombard Odier as a 
Non-Executive Director. The diverse skill 
set allows the Board to appropriately 
challenge and lead the group’s strategy. 

Board focus during the year

Monitoring the lawsuit against Samsung

Agreeing strategic priorities 
with the Executive Directors

The Board has devoted considerable 
time to strategic discussion in the current 
year. Over the last two years, the 
Company has broadened the focus of 
development beyond CFQD® cadmium- 
free quantum dots into a range of 
dot-based nanomaterials for sensing. 
We are pleased to report that the 
Company has made great strides in 
expanding the portfolio of products in 
development and expanding the 
customers with whom we are working.

The Board felt compelled to act to 
defend the group against what we 
believe is Samsung’s wilful infringement 
of our IP portfolio in a number of areas. 
Given the potential value of this action, 
the Board established a Litigation 
Sub-Committee to work with the 
Executive team to oversee the litigation 
strategy. This Sub-Committee includes 
the Board Chairman and the Senior 
Independent Director, together with the 
CEO, CTO and Litigation Special Advisor, 
and meets monthly.

Strategic 
priorities

Learn and  
improve

Strong 
corporate 
governance

Allocate 
resources

Monitor 
performance

042

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceAttendance

Number of meetings

Executive Directors

Brian Tenner 

Dr Nigel Pickett

Liam Gray

Non-Executive Directors

Dr Christopher Richards

Dr Alison Fielding

Chris Batterham

Henry Turcan

Board

11

3

2

2

Audit  
Committee

Nominations 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

1,3

1

4

—

—

1

3

—

—

—

1,3

6

1

1

—

—

—

The Non-Executive Directors met three times during the year without any Executive Directors present.

1  Executive Directors attended these meetings by invitation and are not members of these Committees.

2  Liam Gray and Henry Turcan joined the Board part way through the year.

3  Brian Tenner missed a series of meetings due to being absent on company business.

Board focus during the year 
continued 

Fundraising and restructuring

The Board remains mindful of the group’s 
cash position and limited financial 
resources. It is important that the group 
retains its operational capabilities whilst 
working with customers with a view to 
commercial production of a product. It 
was therefore encouraging for the Board 
and the group that during the financial 
year there was a successful and 
significantly over-subscribed fundraise, 
which resulted in a net cash inflow of 
£5.4 million. This extends the group’s 
cash runway to CY25.

Overall management of risk and change 
within the group

The rapidly evolving challenges 
brought about by Brexit, the Covid-19 
pandemic, the Ukraine crisis, the cost of 
living crisis and other macroeconomic 
factors, against a background of 
Executive changes, have required 
active real-time engagement between 
all members of the Board. 

These focus areas were in addition to 
the normal ongoing responsibilities for 
approving the annual operating and 
capital expenditure budgets and any 
material changes to them. 

A typical Board agenda

Each full Board meeting is structured 
around a standard agenda of standing 
items that then includes a number of 
additional specific focus items for that 
month’s meeting. These focus items 
are either recurring items (such as risk 
management) or are in response to 
emerging issues in our markets, regulation, 
or the business itself. An example of an 
agenda taken from the June 2022 
meeting is shown below:

  minutes and matters arising from 
previous meetings (standing item);

  CEO report on business performance 

(standing item);

  CEO report on progress and customer 

deliverables (standing item);

3

 Non-Executives

Executives

Board 
composition

58+
56+

Tenure
(years)

5-10

0-5

>10

1

4

M4

2

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 043

42
+
M
29
+
15
+
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of compliance 
with the Code

I am pleased to confirm that the Board 
considers that it has been in compliance 
with the Code throughout the year 
ended 31 July 2022 in all material areas.

With the changes in the Board in the 
financial year, which at year end 
comprised the Non-Executive Chairman, 
three independent Non-Executive 
Directors and three Executive Directors, 
the Board considers that the size and 
composition of the Board is appropriate 
for the group’s current stage of 
development and has sufficient depth 
and breadth of experience amongst its 
current Board members.

Dr Christopher Richards
Chairman
28 October 2022

Corporate governance statement continued

A typical Board agenda continued

  CEO report on Samsung litigation 

and third party funding (focus item);

  CFO report on financial performance 
and rolling forecasts (standing item);

  CTO report on technical and IP 

matters (standing item);

  Company Secretary report on 

governance issues and any material 
litigation (standing item);

  investor relations update (standing item);

  reports from Committee Chairs (Audit, 
Nominations, Remuneration and EHS) 
(standing item); and

  any other business (standing item).

Certain key senior management 
members are invited to give 
presentations at Board and Committee 
meetings where appropriate.

Other areas, including the review of the 
group risk register, the strategic plan, the 
annual budget, contentious matters, 
succession planning, etc, are reviewed by 
the Board during each year at intervals 
commensurate with their importance.

My role as Chairman

The structure of the Board, its Committees 
and their respective responsibilities are 
summarised on pages 45 and 46. My key 
focus is to ensure that Nanoco has an 
effective Board which is collectively 
responsible for the long-term success 
of the group. One of my most important 
jobs is to ensure that the Board and its 
Committees have the right balance of 
skills, experience and knowledge suitable 
for Nanoco’s evolving strategy and 
growth aspirations as we progress 
through a new phase of our development.

Board and Committee evaluation

Regular and appropriate Board and 
Committee evaluation is vital to 
improving Board effectiveness. This year, 
given the extremely uncertain operating 
environment, it was again felt that an 
external performance review would not 
be as value adding as it would be in 

future with a more established Board. 
Therefore, I once again conducted an 
internal Board evaluation process, which 
was discussed by the Board. Overall, it 
was concluded that the Board and 
Executive team performed well during the 
year. The quality of information, focus and 
discussion had improved and Directors 
felt fully able to voice their differing 
opinions. In addition, the review identified 
areas of potential improvement, such as 
composition and strategy, to further 
enhance the Board’s performance.

Once again it was felt that the balance 
of time allocated to strategy, operations 
and functional areas and governance 
was broadly correct. The Board 
displayed great flexibility and nimbleness 
in responding to rapidly emerging issues. 
Throughout the year, the Board has 
maintained good corporate governance 
and challenged management to 
continue to improve the processes and 
systems that underpin the group’s normal 
operating activities.

Each of the Audit Committee, Remuneration 
Committee and Nominations Committee 
carried out an internal self-evaluation of 
their effectiveness during the year. The 
conclusion from the Committee reviews 
is that, overall, the Committees are 
working well.

Shareholder engagement activities

Engagement with shareholders remains 
an important activity for the Board. The 
group maintained its more formal 
calendar of engagement with 
shareholders and potential investors.

Longer-term viability statement

The group utilised the forecast for the 
next two years to assess its long-term 
viability. The two-year period was 
chosen due to the inherent difficulty 
and uncertainties in preparing forecasts 
for the group at its current stage of 
development. Further details are 
provided on pages 32 and 33.

044

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceGovernance framework

The different parts of the Company’s 
governance framework are shown below, 
with a description of how they operate 
and the linkages between them.

Board

The Board provides leadership 
and is responsible for the overall 
management of Nanoco, its strategy, 
governance, long-term objectives and 
risk management.

It ensures the right Company structure 
is in place to deliver long-term value 
to shareholders and other 
stakeholders.

Board Committees

Support the Board in its work with specific areas of review and oversight objectives and risk 
management. They ensure the right Company structure is in place to deliver long-term value 
to shareholders and other stakeholders.

Audit  
Committee

Primary function is to assist the 
Board in fulfilling its financial and risk 
responsibilities. It also reviews 
financial reporting and the internal 
controls in place and the 
external audit process.

Nominations  
Committee

Responsible for considering the 
Board’s structure, size, composition 
and succession planning.

Remuneration  
Committee

Responsible for determining the 
overall remuneration of the 
Executive Directors and the 
remuneration of senior managers 
within the broader institutional 
context of remuneration 
practice.

Chief Executive

Has responsibility for managing 
the business and overseeing the 
implementation of the strategy 
agreed by the Board.

Leadership team

The Leadership team currently represents the group’s most senior business and operational Executives. 
It is responsible for assisting the Chief Executive in the performance of its duties including:

  developing the annual operating plan;

  reviewing the Company’s policies and procedures;

  monitoring the performance of the different 
divisions of the Company against the plan;

  carrying out a formal risk review process;

  prioritisation and allocation of resources; and

  overseeing the day-to-day running of the Company.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 045

Corporate governance statement continued

Board composition and division of responsibilities

Role profiles are in place for the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and others, which clearly set out the duties of each role.

Role

Responsibilities

Chairman of the Board

(Dr Christopher Richards)

Chief Executive Officer

(Brian Tenner)

Chief Financial Officer

(Liam Gray)

Chief Technical Officer 

(Dr Nigel Pickett)

Senior Independent Director

(Dr Alison Fielding)

Other Non-Executive Directors

(Chris Batterham, Henry Turcan)

Company Secretary

(Liam Gray)

Is responsible for the running of the Board and promoting a culture of openness and debate. The 
Chairman, in conjunction with the CEO and other Board members, plans the agendas, which are issued 
with the supporting Board papers in advance of the Board meetings. These supporting papers provide 
appropriate information to enable the Board to discharge its duties which include monitoring, assessing 
and challenging the Executive management of the group.

Together with the senior management team, is responsible for the day-to-day running of the group and 
regularly provides performance reports to the Board. The role of CEO is separate from that of the 
Chairman to ensure that no one individual has unfettered powers of decision making. The CEO works 
directly through the Leadership team (CTO, CFO and Production Manager).

Works closely with the CEO and CTO to support them in the delivery of their roles. Key objectives are to 
ensure the smooth running of many of the back office functions. Includes responsibility for all financial 
matters including costings and plant efficiencies as well as commercial margins. 

Responsible for all research and development activities of the group. Includes stewardship of the group’s IP 
portfolio, new additions and maintenance. Takes leadership position on critical new research areas.

Provides a sounding board for the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for other Directors, employees 
and shareholders when necessary. The main responsibility is to be available to the shareholders should 
they have concerns that they have been unable to resolve through normal channels or when such 
channels would be inappropriate.

Maintains an ongoing dialogue with the Executive Directors which includes constructive challenge 
of performance and the group’s strategy.

Ensures good information flows within the Board and its Committees and between senior management 
and Non-Executive Directors. The Company Secretary is responsible for facilitating the induction of new 
Directors and assisting with their professional development as required. All Directors have access to the 
advice and services of the Company Secretary to enable them to discharge their duties as Directors. 
The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with and for 
advising the Board through the Chairman on governance matters. The appointment and removal 
of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole.

Experience of the Board

The members of the Board bring a wide range of skills and experience to the group. This diverse skill set allows the Board 
to appropriately challenge and lead the group’s strategy.

The chart below summarises its key areas of significant experience.

Strategy 
development

Chemical

Human 
resources

Corporate 
governance

Financial 
management

M&A

ESG

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Name

Dr Christopher Richards

Dr Nigel Pickett

Brian Tenner

Liam Gray

Dr Alison Fielding

Chris Batterham

Henry Turcan

Dr Christopher Richards
Chairman
28 October 2022

046

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceCompliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018

The below provides a guide to the most relevant explanations for how the Company has complied with each Principle.

Board leadership and Company purpose

A.   An effective and entrepreneurial Board promotes the long-term sustainable success of the Company, generating 

value for shareholders and contributing to wider society.

B.  Purpose, values and strategy are set and align with culture, which is promoted by the Board.

C.   Resources allow the Company to meet its objectives and measure performance. A framework of controls enables 

assessment and management of risk.

D.  Engagement with shareholders and stakeholders is effective and encourages their participation.

E. 

F. 

 Oversight of workforce policies and practices ensures consistency with values and supports long-term sustainable 
success. The workforce is able to raise matters of concern.

 The diversity policy applied to the issuer’s administrative, management and supervisory bodies with regard to aspects 
such as, for instance, age, gender, or educational and professional backgrounds.

Division of responsibilities

G.  The Chair is objective and leads an effective Board with constructive relations.

H.   The Board comprises an appropriate combination of Non-Executive and Executive Directors, with a clear division 

of responsibilities.

I.  Non-Executive Directors commit appropriate time in line with their role.

J. 

 The Company Secretary and the correct policies, processes, information, time and resources support Board functioning.

Composition, succession and evaluation

K. 

L. 

 There is a procedure for Board appointments and succession plans for Board and senior management which 
recognise merit and promote diversity.

 There is a combination of skills, experience and knowledge across the Board and its Committees. Tenure and 
membership are regularly considered.

M.  Annual evaluation of the Board and Directors considers overall composition, diversity, effectiveness and contribution.

Audit, risk and internal control

N.   Policies and procedures ensure the independence and effectiveness of internal and external audit functions. The 

Board satisfies itself of the integrity of financial and narrative statements.

O.  A fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s position and prospects is presented.

P. 

 Procedures manage and oversee risk, the internal control framework and the extent of principal risks the Company 
is willing to take to achieve its long-term strategic objectives.

Remuneration

Q.   Remuneration policies and practices are designed to support strategy and promote long-term sustainable 

success, with Executive remuneration aligned to Company purpose, values and strategic delivery.

R.   A transparent and formal procedure is used to develop policy and agree Executive and senior 

management remuneration.

S. 

 Independent judgement and discretion is exercised over remuneration outcomes taking account of the relevant 
wider context.

Page reference

P34-39

P40-44

P22-23, P27-29, P55-60

P16-17

P16-17, P34-39

P34-39

Page reference

P40-41, P42-51

P40-41

P40-41, P42-51, P52-63

P42-51

Page reference

P52-54

P40-41, P43, P46

P44

Page reference

P55-60

P32-33

P20-21, P27-29, P32-33

Page reference

P61-79

P61-79

P61-79

The Code is published by the Financial Reporting Council, a full copy of which can be viewed on its website, www.frc.org.uk.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 047

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance statement continued

This section of the Corporate governance 
report contains the group’s other 
reporting disclosures on corporate 
governance required by the Companies 
Act 2006, the UK Corporate Governance 
Code 2018 (the “Code”) and the UKLA’s 
Disclosure and Transparency Rule 7 
including the required statement of 
compliance. A copy of the Code is publicly 
available at https://www.frc.org.uk.

Disclosure and Transparency Rule 7

This statement complies with sub-sections 
2.1, 2.2(i), 2.3(i), 2.5, 2.7 and 2.10 of Rule 7 of 
the UK Listing Authority Disclosure Rules. 
The information required to be disclosed 
by sub-section 2.6 of Rule 7 is shown in the 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities on 
page 83 and is incorporated in this section 
by reference.

The Board

The group is controlled through its Board of 
Directors. The Board’s main responsibilities 
and those of its various sub-committees 
are set out on pages 45 and 46 and are 
summarised opposite.

To enable it to discharge its key 
responsibilities as set out above, the 
Board receives appropriate and timely 
information prior to each meeting. A 
formal agenda is set by each Chair and 
Committee papers are distributed several 
days before meetings take place. Any 
Director may challenge group proposals, 
and decisions are taken democratically 
after discussion. Any Director who feels 
that any concern remains unresolved 
after discussion may ask for that concern 
to be noted in the minutes of the meeting. 
Specific actions arising from meetings 
are agreed by the Board and then 
appropriately followed up.

The terms of reference of the 
Committees are publicly available at  
www.nanocotechnologies.com. The same 
pages of the Annual Report show the key 
officers and the division of responsibilities 
and duties between each role holder.

The Directors

There is a formal, rigorous and transparent 
procedure for the appointment of new 
Directors to the Board, which is led by the 
Nominations Committee.

All Directors are then subject to election by 
the shareholders at the next general 
meeting following appointment to the 
Board. In accordance with best practice, 
they are then subject to annual re-election 
thereafter. The contracts of the Non-
Executive Directors are available for 
inspection by shareholders at the AGM.

The Chairman has sufficient time to devote 
to his duties as Chairman and this has 
been demonstrated by his active 
participation in the group’s activities.

The Non-Executive Directors constructively 
challenge and help develop proposals on 
strategy and bring strong, independent 
judgement, knowledge and experience 
to the Board’s deliberations.

The Directors are given access to 
independent professional advice at the 
group’s expense when the Directors deem 
it is necessary in order for them to carry out 
their responsibilities.

The group maintains, for its Directors and 
officers, liability insurance for any claims 
against them in that capacity.

Donations

During the year the group made 
no political or charitable donations.

Independence and conflicts 
of interest

The group has effective procedures in 
place to deal with potential conflicts of 
interest. The Board is aware of the other 
commitments of its Directors and changes 
to these commitments are reported to the 
Board. The Companies Act 2006 requires 
Directors to avoid situations where they 
have, or could have, a direct or indirect 
interest that conflicts or potentially 
conflicts with the interests of the group.

Directors are required to declare in 
advance of a Board meeting whether any 
of the business to be discussed in that 
meeting gives rise to a conflict or potential 
conflict. That Director will then be excluded 
from the relevant discussions unless 
agreed otherwise by the Directors of 
the group in the limited circumstances 
specified in the Articles of Association. 
They will not be counted in the quorum 
or permitted to vote on any issue in 
which they have an interest.

The Board considers its independent 
Non-Executive Directors to be 
independent in character and judgement. 
No Non-Executive Director has been an 
employee of the group; has had a material 
business relationship with the group; 
receives remuneration other than a 
Director’s fee; has close family ties with any 
of the group’s advisers, Directors or senior 
employees; or holds cross-directorships.

Professional development

On appointment, each Director takes part 
in an induction programme in which they 
receive comprehensive information about 
the group; the role of the Board and the 
matters reserved for its decision; the terms 
of reference and membership of the Board 
and Committees and the powers 
delegated to those Committees; the 
group’s corporate governance practices 
and procedures, including the powers 
reserved to the group’s most senior 
Executives; and the group’s latest financial 
information. Throughout their period in 
office the Directors are updated on the 
group’s business, the competitive 
environment in which it operates, 
corporate social responsibility matters and 
other changes affecting the group and the 
industry it operates in as a whole.

The group acknowledges the importance 
of developing the skills of the Directors to 
run an effective Board. To assist in this, 
Directors are given the opportunity to 
attend relevant courses and seminars to 
acquire additional skills and experience to 
enhance their contribution to the ongoing 
progress of the group. All of the Directors 
are given briefings on trends and 
developments in corporate governance.

048

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governancePerformance evaluation

Investor engagement

Meetings with analysts and institutional 
shareholders are held following the interim 
and preliminary results and on an ad hoc 
basis. These are usually attended by 
the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer.

Engagement during the year

Number

One-to-one meetings

Conference calls

Group meetings

Investor conferences

1

10

4

4

The group takes care to ensure that 
meetings with shareholders or potential 
investors are structured around 
information that is already available 
to all shareholders on an equal footing.

Feedback from these meetings and 
regular market updates are prepared by 
the group’s broker and are shared with 
the Board.

The Chairman and other Non-Executive 
Directors are available to shareholders to 
discuss strategy and governance issues 
at a shareholder’s request.

The Board has established a formal 
process for the annual evaluation of 
the performance of the Directors. This 
evaluation is based on a performance 
evaluation questionnaire completed by 
each Director. The Chairman’s 
performance is reviewed annually by the 
Non-Executive Directors and led by the 
Senior Independent Director, Dr Alison 
Fielding. The evaluation of the Chief 
Executive Officer is performed by the 
Chairman and the evaluation of the other 
Executive Directors is performed by the 
Chief Executive Officer.

Director dealings in the 
group’s shares

The group has adopted a model code 
for Directors’ dealings in securities of the 
group which is appropriate for a company 
quoted on the premium list of the London 
Stock Exchange. The Directors comply with 
the rules relating to Directors’ dealings and 
also take all reasonable steps to ensure 
compliance by the group’s “applicable 
employees” as defined in the rules.

The Directors’ interests in the ordinary share 
capital and in options over such shares of 
the Company are shown in the Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 75 to 76.

Investor communications

Nanoco recognises the importance of 
good and timely communication. Its 
primary communication channel is the 
internet. All press releases are published on 
the Company’s website shortly after they 
are issued via the regulatory news service 
in the United Kingdom. In addition, a broad 
range of other relevant information is 
available on the group’s website.

The group also endeavours to ensure 
that all published information is capable 
of being readily understood on a 
standalone basis without the need for 
a one-to-one meeting. This is an 
extension of the “fair, balanced, and 
understandable” requirement inherent 
in the Annual Report and Accounts.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 049

39%

11%

89%

UK shares
(%)

Retail 
 shares
(%)

89+
61+
4+

Directors’ 
shares
(%)

96%

61%

4%

Corporate governance statement continued

Shareholder analysis

Shareholders at 31 July 2022 are analysed as follows:

Territory

UK

Europe (ex UK)

North America

Asia

Rest of World

Total

Type of holder

Retail investors

Hedge funds

Pension funds

Trading

Directors

Other

Total

Investment style

Retail

Hybrid

Trading

Directors

Value and growth

Other

Total

Shares

287,467,836

18,006,045

11,481,660

4,474,194

1,003,787

322,433,522

Shares

195,270,769

54,951,935

24,552,310

20,447,657

13,170,472

14,040,379

322,433,522

Shares

187,262,771

82,613,567

20,477,857

13,170,472

10,770,432

8,138,423

322,433,522

%

89.2%

5.6%

3.6%

1.4%

0.3%

100%

%

60.6%

17.0%

7.6%

6.3%

4.1%

4.4%

100%

%

58.1%

25.6%

6.4%

4.1%

3.3%

2.5%

100%

050

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governance11
+
M
39
+
M
96
+
M
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)

At the AGM, separate resolutions will be 
proposed for each substantially different 
issue. The outcome of the voting on 
AGM resolutions is disclosed by means 
of an announcement on the London 
Stock Exchange.

All shareholders are encouraged to attend 
the AGM and talk to the Directors there. All 
Directors, including the Chairs of the Audit, 
Remuneration and Nominations 
Committees, are available at the meeting 
to answer questions.

Shareholders not attending the AGM 
can contact the group via email at  
info@nanocotechnologies.com.

The table below shows the different 
resolutions proposed at the 2021 AGM, 
the proportions of possible votes that 
were cast and the proportions in favour of 
and against each resolution (resolutions 1 
to 11 were passed as ordinary resolutions 
and resolutions 12 to 15 were passed as 
special resolutions).

The Board takes steps to ensure that the 
views of major shareholders are 

considered through regular contact. As 
appropriate, the Board takes due note of 
their views insofar as these are relevant 
to the group’s overall approach to 
corporate governance. This is achieved, 
as noted previously, through feedback 
from meetings with significant 
shareholders and feedback from the 
group’s brokers. Significant shareholders 
were consulted regarding the changes to 
the remuneration policy which were be 
proposed at the 2021 AGM and that 
policy will be effective for three years 
(until 31 July 2024).

Votes for

Votes against

Votes withheld

Votes

% of total
votes cast

% of total
voting rights 2

Votes

% of total
votes cast

% of total
voting rights 2

% of total
voting rights 2

Votes

No. Resolution

1

To receive the Annual Report 
and Accounts

139,897,553

100.0%

45.8%  

10,917

2

To re-appoint the auditors

139,850,364

100.0%

45.7%  

42,843

3 Authority to agree the auditors’ fee 139,851,034

100.0%

45.7%  

30,679

4 To re-elect Dr Christopher Richards

135,859,066

To re-elect Brian Tenner

136,963,927

97.2%

97.9%

44.4%   3,977,060

44.8%   2,869,980

To re-elect Dr Nigel Pickett

137,078,681

98.0%

44.8%   2,757,445

To re-elect Dr Alison Fielding

139,810,930

100.0%

45.7%  

25,196

To re-elect Christopher Batterham 139,684,199

99.9%

45.7%  

137,731

To elect Henry Turcan

139,948,112

97.9%

44.8%   2,870,795

5

6

7

8

9

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

2.8%

2.1%

2.0%

0.0%

0.1%

2.1%

0.0%  

29,113

0.0%  

44,376

0.0%  

55,870

1.3%  

101,457

0.9%  

103,676

0.9%  

101,457

0.0%  

101,457

0.0%  

115,653

0.9%  

118,676

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

10 Approval of Directors’ 
remuneration report

11 Approval of Directors’ 
remuneration policy

138,346,965

99.0%

45.3%  

1,420,624

1.0%

0.5%  

169,994

0.0%

138,307,164

99.0%

45.2%  

1,451,931

1.0%

0.5%  

178,488

0.0%

12 Approval of amendment to Nanoco 

2015 Long Term Incentive Plan

138,187,637

98.9%

45.2%  

1,571,616

13 Approval for political donations

139,296,954

99.6%

45.6%  

602,065

14 Authority to issue and allot new 

ordinary shares

139,583,412

99.8%

45.7%  

325,857

151 Disapplication of pre-emption rights 139,499,134

99.8%

45.6%  

263,354

161 Disapplication of pre-emption 
rights for specific investment 
purposes

139,534,520

99.8%

45.6%

230,222

171 Authority to purchase own shares 139,852,258

100.0%

181 Reduced notice of general meetings 139,787,823

99.9%

45.8%

45.7%

26,431

111,580

1.1%

0.4%

0.2%

0.2%

0.2%

0.0%

0.1%

0.5%  

178,330

0.2%  

38,564

0.1%  

28,314

0.1%  

175,095

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

173,111

58,894

38,180

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

1  Proposed as special resolutions.

2  Excluding treasury shares.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 051

Nominations Committee report

Maintaining the right mix of skills and 
experience is our key responsibility 
and is critical to creating long-term 
shareholder value in a rapidly evolving 
operating environment

DR CHRISTOPHER RICHARDS
Nominations Committee Chair

Members

  Dr Christopher Richards (Chair)

  Dr Alison Fielding

  Chris Batterham

50%

10%

Allocation 
of time1

10+

Performance evaluation

40%

Succession planning

Board and Committee composition

1  Estimated.

T he Board believes deeply that 

strong, responsible and balanced 
leadership with an appropriate 
mix of skills for the challenges 
the group faces is critical to creating 
long-term shareholder value and 
business success. The Committee 
met twice during the year.

Roles and responsibilities

The Committee is primarily responsible 
for assisting the Board in ensuring the 
appropriate composition of the Board 
and any Committees of the Board. 
It evaluates the balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience and the size, 
structure and composition of the Board 
and Committees of the Board. This 
extends to reviewing appointments of 
additional and replacement Directors 
and Committee members by making 
appropriate recommendations to the 
Board on such matters. In its review, it 
reviews the parameters set out below:

Board mix 
of skills and 
experience

Recruitment 
to Board and 
Committees

Supporting 
value creation

Diversity of 
Board and 
employees

Good 
governance

052

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governance40
+
50
+
M
Governance

Committee membership

The responsibilities of the Committee 
include a focus on governance. In order 
to enhance the group’s improvement 
plans for governance issues. The 
Committee’s terms of reference 
therefore include:

  reviewing and considering the 

Company’s procedures and controls 
for ensuring compliance with:

  the UK Corporate Governance Code;

  the FCA Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules, the Market 
Abuse Regulation, and any other 
applicable rules and regulations 
that apply to the group; and

  the timely and accurate disclosure 
of all information that is required to 
be disclosed in order to satisfy the 
Company’s legal and regulatory 
obligations under the Corporate 
Governance Requirements;

  recommending any proposed 

changes in the management of 
corporate governance to the Board;

  reporting on such compliance to 

the Board;

  reviewing potential conflicts of interest 
involving Directors and determining 
whether such Director or Directors 
may vote on any issue as to which 
there may be a conflict; and

  reviewing all related party 

transactions, determining whether 
such transactions are appropriate 
for the Company to undertake and 
advising the Board accordingly.

In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code the Nominations 
Committee consists of Non-Executive 
Directors. It has been chaired by me, 
Dr Christopher Richards, since my 
appointment as a Non-Executive 
Director in November 2015. I have 
continued in this role after having been 
made Chairman of the Board in May 
2016. The Board considers it appropriate 
for me to chair the Nominations 
Committee in order to achieve a balance 
with the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees, which are each chaired by 
other Non-Executive Directors.

The Committee’s other members are 
Dr Alison Fielding and Chris Batterham. 
All members of the Committee are 
considered to have experience and 
competence relevant to the duties and 
responsibilities of the Committee.

Summary biographies of all members of the 
Committee are detailed on pages 40 and 41.

Meeting frequency 
and attendance

The terms of reference of the Committee 
require at least two meetings per year. 
When specific issues or changes need to 
be addressed, such as the appointment 
of a new Board member, the Committee 
meets on additional occasions. The 
Committee met three times during the 
financial year and was attended as 
shown in the table below:

Committee member

Dr Christopher Richards (Chair)

Chris Batterham

Dr Alison Fielding

Meetings/
attended

3/3

3/3

3/3

As well as the members of the Committee, 
the Chief Executive Officer may be invited 
to attend, where there are no perceived 
conflicts of interest. On matters of 

remuneration of new appointees, the 
Chair works closely with the Chair and 
members of the Remuneration Committee.

Meetings of the Nominations Committee 
are either scheduled around existing 
Board meetings or on an ad hoc basis, 
for example during a recruitment process. 
The Committee Chair provides the Board 
with a full briefing on all relevant matters.

The Chairman would not chair this 
committee should it consider the 
appointment of a new chair.

Board structure and activities during 
the year

During previous years, the Board has 
reduced in size, with a focus on cost 
saving and governance. However, with 
the commercial operations advancing, 
and the ongoing litigation, it was 
decided that the Board needed further 
representation from both an Executive 
Director and a Non-Executive Director. 
In light of that consideration, two 
appointments to the Board were 
recommended during the year.

The Nominations Committee was pleased 
to recommend unanimously to the Board 
the appointment of Liam Gray as CFO. 
Liam has been with the business since 
2019 and has experience with both public 
and private companies. 

In addition, the Committee unanimously 
recommended the appointment of Henry 
Turcan to the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director. Henry is as a representative of 
the major shareholder Lombard Odier 
Asset Management. Further key activities 
are set out in more detail below.

The addition of an extra Executive Director 
and an extra Non-Executive Director has 
maintained the group’s governance goal 
of having the majority of members of the 
Board as Non-Executive Directors. In FY23, 
the Committee will consider whether to 
appoint a replacement for Henry Turcan 
who stepped down from the Board after 
the year end.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 053

Nominations Committee report continued

Meeting frequency and 
attendance continued

Employee engagement

The Employee Voice Committee (“EVC”) 
was established in 2020 as an employee 
representative body which would aim to 
formally meet with a designated member 
of the Board at least twice a year. 
Recognising her strong skills and 
experience in this area, the Board agreed 
that Dr Alison Fielding should be the 
designated Non-Executive Director 
responsible for formal engagement with 
the employee body (the Employee Voice 
Committee). The Voice Committee met 
very effectively during the year, with a 
focus on meetings and open question 
and answer sessions during challenging 
times within the business, such as the 
site relocation.

Diversity

The group has always aimed to 
employ the right person for the right 
job, irrespective of sex, gender, race or 
disability. When recruiting at Board level, 
the Nominations Committee requires that 
any Executive search firms used by the 
group have signed up to its industry’s 
voluntary code of conduct (prepared in 
response to the Davies Review of Women 

on Boards). The group follows a policy of 
appointing talented people on merit at 
every level and does not have a specific 
target for numbers of female Directors 
or employees. This reflects a market 
for industry skills that unfortunately still 
attracts more male candidates than 
female. The Board will also ensure that 
its own development in this area is 
consistent with its strategic objectives 
and enhances Board effectiveness. 
Other aspects of diversity in the group 
are commented on in the Sustainability 
section on pages 34 to 39.

Review of the Nominations Committee’s 
effectiveness

The Committee has reviewed and 
considered the effectiveness of its 
performance during the year. The review 
included the views of members of the 
Committee and of regular attendees 
at the various meetings (including the 
Executive Directors). I am satisfied that 
the degree of rigour and challenge 
applied in performing the Committee’s 
responsibilities is appropriate and 
effective and continues to improve.

Dr Christopher Richards
Nominations Committee Chair
28 October 2022

054

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceAudit Committee report

Maintaining a robust internal control 
and risk management framework will 
support the group’s development 
and growth

CHRIS BATTERHAM
Audit Committee Chair

T he Audit Committee plays a 

central role in the review of the 
group’s financial reporting, 
internal control and risk 

management processes. Its aim is 
to ensure that these processes deliver 
high quality and timely information.

The Audit Committee monitors internal 
and external risk factors on behalf of 
the Board. These are maintained in 
the group’s risk register. The status and 
assessment of matters in the risk register 
also inform the drafting of the viability 
report. As a Committee it seeks not just to 
respond to external factors but to support 
and challenge management to anticipate 
future risks and opportunities.

Committee membership

The composition of the Committee currently 
comprises me, Chris Batterham (Chair), 
and Dr Alison Fielding. In accordance with 
the provisions of the Code, the Committee 
is made up of independent Non-Executive 
Directors. The Board considers that I have 
recent and relevant financial experience 
to act as Chair of the Committee, by virtue 
of being a qualified Chartered Accountant 
with extensive relevant experience as a 
former CFO and finance director of a 
number of private and public companies. 
All members of the Committee are 
considered to have experience and 
competence relevant to the material 
science sector.

Summary biographies of all members of 
the Committee are detailed on pages 40 
and 41.

Meeting frequency 
and attendance

The terms of reference of the Committee 
require at least four meetings per year. 
The Committee met four times during the 
financial year. As well as the members of 
the Committee, the meetings are usually 
attended on an invitational basis by the 
Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and 
the Chief Financial Officer. The external 
auditors attend each meeting unless the 
business of the meeting does not need 
them to be present. The Committee also 
has meetings with the external auditors 
without the Executive Directors being 
present. Attendance of each member 
is set out below:

Committee member

Chris Batterham (Chair)

Dr Alison Fielding

Meetings/
attended

4/4 

4/4

Meetings of the Audit Committee are 
scheduled to occur in the run-up to key 
events in the group’s reporting calendar. 
Each meeting precedes a Board meeting 
to allow the Committee Chair to fully 
brief the Board on all relevant matters.

The Committee has a pre-determined 
series of subjects and issues to be 
reviewed each year. These are then 
supplemented by additional review of 
emerging issues or changes in the 
financial reporting or governance 
regimes. In this way the Committee 
ensures that key recurring themes are 
regularly reviewed while maintaining the 
flexibility to adapt to changing 
circumstances.

Members

  Chris Batterham (Chair)

  Dr Alison Fielding

5%

5%

25%

Allocation 
of time1

5+

Performance evaluation

15%

15%

35%

Succession planning

Accounting matters

Risk management

Internal controls

Financial reporting

1  Estimated.

In addition to the scheduled Committee 
meetings, the members of the Committee 
meet and discuss emerging issues for the 
business with the CEO and CFO to ensure 
that the work of the Committee remains 
appropriately focused on the risks and 
needs of the business.

Continuous improvements in the quality, 
relevance and timeliness of information 
being provided to the Committee and 
the Board as a whole ensure that similar 
gains are also made in the quality review, 
challenge and scrutiny by the Committee.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 055

5
+
35
+
15
+
15
+
25
+
M
Audit Committee report continued

Audit Committee 
responsibilities

The key areas of focus for the Audit 
Committee are set out below. This 
includes specific duties of the 
Committee in each area, how it 
operates and any changes and 
improvements made over time. The 
subjects referred to are a mix of annual 
recurring areas and also specific issues 
that have arisen or been reviewed 
during the last year.

Financial reporting

The primary objective is to ensure that 
internal and external financial 
information is robust, relevant, reliable, 
and a firm basis for decision making by 
management and external stakeholders 
alike. These activities are typically 
carried on throughout the year. They 
lend themselves to a “continuous 
improvement” mindset that means we 
are always looking to do better.

Our responsibilities in this area include: 

  reviewing and monitoring the 
integrity of the group’s annual 
and interim financial statements;

  ensuring the appropriateness 

of accounting policies;

  reviewing and challenging the 

critical judgements and estimates 
used in financial reporting. This 
includes assessing any potential 
impact of accounting judgements 
and estimates on Executive 
remuneration;

  ensuring that the financial 

information being provided internally 
to the Board and to management is 
as robust as that reported externally 
and evolves to meet the changing 
needs of the business;

  ensuring the group remains up 
to date with developments in 
accounting and reporting 
requirements; and

  advising the Board on whether or 

not the financial statements, when 
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced 
and understandable. In simple terms 
this means that shareholders receive 
adequate information to assess the 
group’s strategy, business model 
and risks, and performance.

External audit

The primary objective in this area is to 
ensure that the group is subject to an 
appropriately robust, risk focused 
external audit from a qualified and 
independent firm of auditors. During 
the year, the group decided to replace 
PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP with 
Mazars LLP. This decision was taken as 
the fees quoted by Mazars LLP were 
more in line with the group’s stage of 
development whilst offering the same 
quality of service for Nanoco.

Further responsibilities in this area include:

  advising the Board on the 

Internal control and risk 
management

Our internal control and risk management 
processes are a fundamental part of the 
overarching framework used to safeguard 
the assets of the business and to 
ensure that investments represent an 
appropriate balance of risk and return. 
We work to ensure that these are as good 
as they can be for our business’ scale.

Our responsibilities in this area include:

  continual monitoring of the 

appropriateness and effectiveness 
of internal controls (including whether 
an internal audit function is required);

  review of lessons learnt and 

management remediation plans for 
any shortcomings or improvement 
plans to internal control processes;

  review of progress and commitment 
to addressing control improvement 
opportunities identified by the 
external auditors;

  review and challenge of the models 

and assumptions underlying the going 
concern and viability statements;

appointment of the external auditors;

  continual focus on cash and cash 

  reviewing and monitoring the 
performance of the external 
auditors, which includes the 
planning and effective execution 
of the external audit process itself; 

  setting the audit and non-audit fees 

of the auditors to avoid any 
potential conflicts of interest with 
Executive management (non-audit 
fees are set out in note 6 to the 
financial statements); and

  controlling the award of non-audit 
work to the external auditors to 
ensure that there is no actual or 
perceived threat to their 
independence.

forecasting;

  oversight of whistleblowing and 
fraud detection and prevention 
mechanisms; and

  ongoing review of the group’s risk 

management processes and systems, 
including a substantive review and 
challenge of management’s 
assessment of key risks.

The Audit Committee also assists the 
Board in ensuring the overall corporate 
governance framework is appropriate 
by giving due consideration to laws 
and regulations, the provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code and 
the requirements of the Listing Rules.

Financial 
reporting

External 
audit

Internal control 
and risk 
management

Audit 
Committee

056

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceFinancial reporting

Our approach to materiality

The financial statements must present 
a true and fair view of the performance 
and financial position of the group. They 
must also present a fair, balanced and 
understandable view. These are both 
aimed at ensuring that a user of the 
accounts can gain an accurate picture 
of the underlying performance and 
position of the business. To achieve this, 
all material matters need to be addressed. 
Material matters are those that are 
considered by the Directors to be 
sufficiently specific and have a large 
enough real or potential impact that 
they would be likely to influence the 
decisions of a reader of the accounts.

The Directors take a range of 
quantitative and qualitative matters into 
account in assessing whether or not a 
matter is deemed to be material. These 
include the absolute size of a potential 
adjustment by reference to the overall 
income statement or the financial 
position statement and also by reference 
to an individual component of the 
financial statements. Qualitative 
judgements include whether an issue 
would reverse or materially alter a trend 
(such as turning a profit into a loss, or 
growth into a decline).

In this way, the Directors aim to make 
sure as wide a range of issues as 
possible are considered without over-
burdening the reader of the financial 
statements with insignificant or 
immaterial matters.

The Committee discharged its obligations 
in response to the financial year as follows:

Significant issues considered during the 
year in respect of the financial statements

The Committee assessed the following 
matters in respect of financial reporting 
and in the preparation of the Interim Report 
and the Annual Report and Accounts:

  continuing appropriateness of the 

group’s accounting policies;

  continuous development in the quality 

and transparency of the group’s 
external reporting;

  a review of key judgements and 

estimates made by management (see 
table below); and

  considering if the financial statements, 

when taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable.

Significant accounting matters 
and areas of significant 
management judgement

The Committee, together with the Board, 
considered what the significant 
accounting matters and areas of 
management judgement in relation to 
the financial statements were and how 
these would be addressed. 

Each item is considered in further 
detail below.

Revenue recognition and deferred 
income (recurring item) 

The Committee reviewed the revenue 
recognition policies and management 
judgements made in the preparation of 
the financial statements. Where revenue 
relates to the sale of products or services 
to customers, there is little need for 
judgement or estimates as these types 
of revenue are recognised either on the 
transfer of risks and rewards of ownership 
of goods or on a time and material basis 
for delivery of services.

The project with the European electronics 
customer (and subsequent extensions) 
was the most material source of revenue 
in the year. This project was ongoing at 
31 July 2022. Deliverables were all 
accounted for on the basis noted above 
regarding sales of materials or service 
revenue in line with the requirements 
of IFRS 15. 

Other new sources of revenue earned 
in the year were derived from the sale 
of goods or the performance of 
short-term professional services work. 

Little judgement was required in 
assessing these contracts under IFRS 15.

The Committee concluded that the 
judgements and estimates made by 
management in respect of revenue 
recognition and, if relevant, the 
treatment of deferred income and 
contract liabilities were reasonable and 
appropriately disclosed in the financial 
statements.

Carrying value of intangible assets 
(recurring item)

The group holds a number of intangible 
assets, primarily relating to IP. At the end 
of the year these had a carrying value of 
£1.6 million (2021: £2.9 million). Given that 
the group is yet to make a profit, 
management must exercise judgement 
in assessing whether or not this value can 
be recovered from the ongoing operation 
of the business or through disposal. 
Actual market disposal values achieved 
for equivalent IP technology-based 
businesses are one data point used in 
this assessment. Management performs 
an annual assessment of whether or not 
these assets should be impaired.

The Committee challenged and reviewed 
the results of the assessment carried out 
by management. The Committee agreed 
with management that a £0.9 million 
impairment of a number of individual 
assets was required in the current year, 
with the majority related to technology 
areas that the group is no longer 
pursuing or territories where prosecution 
of IP rights is more difficult.

Any assets which have been impaired are 
treated as being of disposed during the 
year. This totalled £3.0 million in the 
current financial year.

Going concern (recurring item)

The Committee considered the use of the 
going concern basis for preparing the 
financial statements. This is currently 
an annual recurring activity given the 
ongoing losses incurred by the business 
in advance of generating full scale 
production levels of commercial revenues.

Key Item

Judgement or estimate?

Revenue recognition

Judgement

Carrying value of intangible assets

Estimate

Materiality

Medium

Medium

Going concern

Judgement and estimate

Medium

Uncertainty

Low

Medium

Low

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 057

Audit Committee report continued

Significant accounting matters 
and areas of significant 
management judgement 
continued

Going concern (recurring item) 
continued

The review by management takes into 
account existing available cash resources, 
run rates on operating costs and cash 
burn, as well as probability weighted 
assessments of potential income streams. 
The group’s base case forecasts (which 
are approved by the Board) are then 
subject to downside scenario modelling 
and sensitivity analysis. This includes 
identifying different management action 
plans in response to a downside scenario 
crystallising. The analysis is performed for 
the twin purposes of preparing the 
viability statement and also assessing 
whether or not the going concern basis 
remains appropriate for the preparation 
of the financial statements. The going 
concern analysis is effectively a subset 
of the two-year period used for 
viability analysis.

The assessment by management and 
the Committee includes reference to the 
material potential risks identified in the 
group’s risk register and any mitigating 
actions and controls as shown on pages 
27 to 29.

The Committee concluded that the 
group has adequate financial resources 
to adopt the going concern basis for the 
preparation of the financial statements. 
Given the nature of the risks that the 
group faces while its activities are at a 
pre-commercial stage, the Committee 
continues to recommend that the Annual 
Report and Accounts maintains a 
relatively high level of disclosure of these 
matters in the financial statements - as 
set out in the sections on risk, viability 
and going concern on pages 32 to 33.

Financial reporting on a fair, 
balanced and understandable 
(“FBU”) basis

External audit

External audit plan

The Committee reviewed the interim and 
annual financial statements. As part of 
that review process, the members of the 
Committee were provided with a draft of 
the full Annual Report enabling them to 
ensure that the performance reported 
therein was consistent with the Committee’s 
knowledge gained from regular reviews 
of the monthly management accounts.

The Committee also assessed whether 
the narrative description of the group’s 
activities and performance was 
consistent with its own understanding 
obtained through Board and Audit 
Committee meetings and other 
interactions it had with management. 

The CFO advised the Committee of the 
findings of independent readers of the 
draft Annual Report and Accounts. These 
reviews are carried out by Nanoco senior 
managers who have not been closely 
involved in drafting the Annual Report. Their 
knowledge of the business allows them to 
form an opinion if the document conveys 
a fair, balanced and understandable 
view of business performance in the 
current year. The Committee members 
themselves also perform this function by 
reference to the matters discussed at the 
regular Board meetings.

Drawing on this knowledge of the group’s 
activities and its own industry knowledge 
and experience, supplemented by 
advice received from external advisers 
during the drafting process, the 
Committee determined that the Annual 
Report and Accounts is fair, balanced 
and understandable and this finding was 
confirmed by the Board.

The Committee reviewed the proposed 
audit plan. The Committee was satisfied 
that the areas of audit risk highlighted by 
Mazars were appropriate and included 
all material matters. The Committee 
subsequently reviewed the actual audit 
report by Mazars to ensure that it aligned 
closely with those risks and the planned 
audit work.

Safeguarding auditors’ independence

The independence of the external 
auditors is essential to the provision 
of an objective opinion on the true 
and fair view presented in the financial 
statements. The Committee reviews the 
policies and status of the independence 
of the external auditors consistent with 
the ethical standards published by the 
Auditing Practices Board.

Auditors’ independence and objectivity 
are also safeguarded by limiting the 
nature and value of non-audit services 
performed by the external auditors (see 
later section). The group has a policy of 
not recruiting senior employees of the 
external auditors who have worked on 
the audit in the past two years. The group 
works with the external auditors to achieve 
the rotation of the lead engagement 
partner at least every five years. 

As announced during the financial year, 
the group decided to change auditors 
from PwC to Mazars following a 
competitive tender exercise. With the 
change in auditors, the external audit firm 
and the current lead engagement partner 
are in their first year of this position.

The external auditors are also required 
periodically to assess whether, in their 
professional opinion, they are 
independent and those views are shared 
with the Audit Committee. The Committee 
has authority to take independent advice 
as it deems appropriate in order to resolve 
issues on auditors’ independence. No 
such advice has to date been required. 

For the current year, the Committee has 
concluded that the external auditors 
remain independent and objective for 
the purposes of their role.

058

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governance“ The Board 
determined that the 
Annual Report and 
Accounts are fair, 
balanced and 
understandable.”

External audit continued

Non-audit services provided 
by the external auditors

The Audit Committee will only approve 
the provision of non-audit services by 
the external auditors where they are 
permissible and do not represent a 
threat (by their nature or scale) to this 
requirement for independence. The aim 
is to ensure that no material risk is taken 
of the auditors both advising on and 
auditing the same information in the 
financial statements.

The Audit Committee’s approval is required 
for any fees for non-audit work paid to the 
auditors in excess of £10,000 in any 
financial year. However, the group 
recognises that it can receive particular 
benefit from certain non-audit services 
provided by the external auditors due 
to their technical skills and detailed 
understanding of the group’s business and 
hence some non-audit work is allowed.

No fees were paid for non-audit services 
during the year. Separate external firms 
are engaged for taxation and Directors’ 
remuneration advice.

Internal controls and risk 
management

The Board has overall responsibility for 
the group’s system of internal controls as 
one critical part of the overall corporate 
governance framework. This includes 
reviewing the effectiveness of these 
controls and the processes in place 
for risk management. In accordance 
with the Internal Control Guidance 
for Directors issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council, there is an ongoing 
process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the significant risks faced by 
the group. This process was introduced 
during 2015 and is summarised on 
pages 27 to 29.

The role of the Executive Directors is 
to implement the Board’s policies on risk 
and control and to provide assurance 
on compliance with these policies. 
The processes and procedures in place 
are designed to manage rather than 
eliminate risk and operate within the 
Board’s defined risk appetite. They 
therefore can only provide a reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss.

Executive Directors have a close 
involvement with all day-to-day 
operations. They also meet with staff 
on a regular basis to identify and 
review business risks, the controls 
needed to minimise those risks and 
the effectiveness of controls in place. 
Business risks are monitored and 
discussed on a regular basis at meetings 
of the Leadership and senior management 
teams. The principal risks faced by the 
group and other aspects of how they are 
individually assessed and managed are 
set out below and on pages 27 to 29.

Internal controls

Key features of the internal control 
system are summarised below:

(i) 

 annual budgets and rolling forecasts 
are reviewed and approved by 
the Board;

(ii)   monthly management accounts 
are reviewed and challenged 
by comparison to the budget;

(iii)   written operational, accounting and 
employment policies are in place;

(iv)   the Board actively identifies and 
evaluates the risks inherent in the 
business and ensures that 
appropriate controls and procedures 
are in place to manage these risks;

(v)   expenditure approval limits and 
approval processes are in place 
to cover all major commitments;

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 059

Audit Committee report continued

Internal controls and risk 
management continued

Internal controls continued

(vi)   quality assurance processes are 

overseen and audited by the internal 
quality assurance department, with 
a particular focus on non-financial 
processes and procedures which 
drive financial performance; and

(vii)  compliance with control procedures 
is monitored by the Audit Committee 
through its reviews of internal and 
external audit findings and its reviews 
of exceptions.

The Committee considers that the need for 
an internal audit function is not currently 
warranted due to the size and complexity 
of the business but will reconsider this 
need not less than annually.

Whistleblowing and confidential 
reporting procedures

The group operates a confidential 
reporting and whistleblowing procedure. 
The policy aims to support the 
stewardship of the group’s assets and 
the integrity of the financial statements 
as well as protecting staff welfare. The 
procedure is reviewed annually by the 
Committee to ensure that it remains fit 
for purpose. No reports of whistleblowing 
were received during the year. Staff are 
regularly reminded of the whistleblowing 
process as part of ongoing engagement 
with staff on compliance issues such as 
anti-bribery training.

Internal accountability

The Board has overall responsibility for 
the group’s system of risk management 
and internal control. The Audit Committee 
reviews the effectiveness of the system 
at least annually on behalf of the Board 
and, having carried out this review, the 
Committee continues to believe that 
the system is effective in safeguarding 
shareholders’ interests and the 
group’s assets. The Board agreed 
with this conclusion. 

Review of the Audit 
Committee’s effectiveness

The Committee has reviewed and 
considered the effectiveness of its 
performance during the year. The review 
included the views of members of the 
Committee and of regular attendees 
at the various meetings (including the 
Executive Directors). We specifically 
considered the ongoing performance 
of the new CFO following the transition 
of the previous CFO into the role of CEO 
in the prior year. We remain very satisfied 
with the progress made. I am satisfied 
that the degree of rigour and challenge 
applied in performing the Committee’s 
responsibilities is appropriate and 
effective and continues to improve.

Chris Batterham
Audit Committee Chair
28 October 2022

060

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceRemuneration Committee report

Designing reward packages to 
retain and incentivise management 
progress in achieving our short and 
medium-term strategic goals

DR ALISON FIELDING
Remuneration Committee Chair

Dear shareholder

A s the Chair of Nanoco’s 

Remuneration Committee 
(the “Committee”), I am pleased 
to present our Directors’ 
remuneration report for the year ended 
31 July 2022. The Committee’s report 
seeks to deliver an appropriate balance 
between the required regulatory 
disclosures, commercial sensitivities 
and the context for our approach 
and decisions.

This report is presented in three parts:

(1) 

 an overview of the year including 
prospective matters for the new year 
ending 31 July 2023;

(2)   the Directors’ remuneration policy 

setting out the framework approved 
by shareholders at the AGM in 
December 2021; and

(3)   the Annual report on remuneration, 
which sets out the actual Executive 
remuneration over the year ended 
31 July 2022.

Our remuneration policy is designed 
to attract, incentivise and retain our 
Executives whilst ensuring a focus on 
performance related pay that drives our 
transformation from R&D to commercial 
production and provides a clear 
emphasis on the long-term success 
of the business. The Remuneration 
Committee seeks to ensure that the 
Directors’ remuneration arrangements 
continue to be aligned to the strategic 
direction of the group and to our 
stakeholder philosophy.

This Directors’ remuneration report for 
the year ended 31 July 2022 complies 
with the requirements of the Listing Rules 
of the UK Listing Authority, Schedule 8 of 
the Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 and the provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
(July 2018). The Regulations require the 
auditors to report to the Company’s 
members on certain parts of the Directors’ 
remuneration report and to state whether, 
in their opinion, those parts of the 
report have been properly prepared 
in accordance with the accounting 
regulations. Items that are audited 
throughout this report are clearly marked 
as audited in the heading of the section.

Board changes

Henry Turcan joined the Board on 
19 August 2021 as a Non-Executive 
Director and representative of the 
group’s largest shareholder, Lombard 
Odier Asset Management. Henry received 
no fees for his role with a monitoring fee 
paid directly to Lombard. Liam Gray was 
appointed to the Board of Directors on 
8 November 2021 in the role of Chief 
Financial Officer and continues his role 
as Company Secretary. A summary of 
his remuneration arrangements from 
appointment is detailed in the FY22 
remuneration decisions section on 
the following pages.

There were no other changes to the 
Board during the year.

Relating remuneration to current 
business performance

The Committee has always shown 
leadership in restraint of Executive and 

Members

  Dr Alison Fielding (Chair)

  Chris Batterham

  Dr Christopher Richards

40%

25%

5%

Allocation 
of time1

5+

Performance evaluation

10%

15%

5%

Succession planning

Employee engagement

Diversity

Governance

Reward and targets

1  Estimated.

Board remuneration at a time when the 
group was in a weaker financial position 
and also when a number of staff were 
facing redundancy. While a number of 
important and potentially value adding 
outcomes have been delivered in the 
current year and the group’s financial 
position is stronger than it was last year, 
the Remuneration Committee remains 
conscious of the need to structure 
reward and incentives around the 
continuing issues of affordability and 
conservation of cash. This focus on 
non-cash incentives helps to maintain a 
strong alignment with shareholder value.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 061

25
+
15
+
5
+
10
+
40
+
M
Remuneration Committee report continued

Directors’ remuneration policy

Our remuneration policy was approved at the 2021 Annual General Meeting, with 99% of all votes cast in favour. This policy was 
implemented during the year ended 31 July 2022, as described in the Annual report on remuneration and as summarised below. 

Element

Implementation in the year ended 31 July 2021

Base salary

The increase in pay for Brian Tenner on taking up the role of CEO was made in two tranches: the first 
increase to £250,000 occurred in FY22 eleven months after taking up the role, and the second, to £275,000, 
commences in FY23. There were no other proposed changes to base salaries.

Benefits

Life insurance is the only benefit currently provided.

Retirement benefits Contributions remained at 6% of salary in line with all staff (a policy limit of 10%). 

Annual bonus

At the AGM in November 2021, shareholders approved an increase in the maximum annual bonus to 125% 
of salary. Up to 100% of any award can be paid in awards of shares or options, deferred for two years, with 
any balance paid in cash. 80% of the annual bonus is based on financial measures and 20% on stretching 
personal objectives. Personal bonus elements are only payable if at least one financial target is achieved. 
The Committee retains discretion to apply different weightings in relevant circumstances, and to override 
formulaic outturns where circumstances require.

LTIP

At the AGM in November 2021, shareholders approved an increase in the maximum annual LTIP award 
(in normal circumstances) to 150% of salary (up to 250% in exceptional circumstances). The Committee 
retains discretion to override formulaic outturns where circumstances require.

Shareholding 
guideline

Post-employment 
shareholding 
requirement

All Executive Directors to acquire and retain shares with a value equal to 200% of salary.

Executive Directors, upon ceasing employment with the Company, are required to retain their shareholdings, 
up to 200% of salary, for one year post employment. This reduces to 100% of salary in the second year post 
employment. Shares will be subject to this requirement only if they are acquired from employee share plan 
awards granted on or after 1 August 2021.

Other changes

Malus and clawback provisions are in place.

The Committee aims to provide total remuneration that retains and incentivises our Executives, whilst reflecting our constrained 
financial position. The Committee concluded higher variable elements of annual bonus and LTIP were necessary and appropriate 
to retain and incentivise Executives, as well as strongly aligning their interests with those of shareholders. Shareholders voted to 
approve an increase in the maximum annual bonus and the maximum annual LTIP award (in normal circumstances) to 125% and 
150% of salary respectively. In addition, the annual bonus targets are very stretching and are effectively self-financing since the 
additional profit exceeds the additional bonus earned. Since the annual bonus can be paid in deferred shares, the Company’s 
cash reserves are protected.

Engaging with shareholders

Before submitting the new remuneration policy to a shareholder vote at the AGM in November 2021, the Committee consulted with 
major shareholders. I would like to take this opportunity to thank shareholders for their time spent engaging with us and providing 
commentary on the proposed changes to our Directors’ remuneration policy, all of which were subsequently approved at the AGM. 

062

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governance  The annual bonus opportunity for 
Executive Directors will be 125% of 
salary in line with the approved policy, 
subject to the achievement of 
stretching performance conditions. 
The details of the proposed targets, 
to the extent they are not disclosed 
on page 79, will be disclosed in next 
year’s Directors’ remuneration report 
when they are no longer 
commercially sensitive.

  LTIP awards for the year commencing 
1 August 2022 will be set in line with 
the approved policy which specifies 
an award level of 150% (and up to 
250% in exceptional circumstances). 
LTIP awards are ordinarily made in the 
period following the announcement 
of the group’s annual results though 
the policy also allows for the Board 
to vary this timing at its discretion. 
The intended awards to be made to 
the Executive Directors in October 2022 
are set out in the relevant sections of 
this report. The targets and weightings 
for any award in FY23 will be announced 
if and when any such awards are made.

  Non-Executive Director fees will 

remain at their previous levels and will 
now be paid in full in cash. The second 
increase in the Chairman’s underlying 
fees that was agreed in 2019 will 
remain on hold. 

As a Committee, we believe that 
ongoing dialogue with our major 
shareholders is of key importance. Should 
you have any queries or feedback in 
relation to the Directors’ remuneration 
report, please contact me through the 
Company Secretary.

Dr Alison Fielding
Remuneration Committee Chair
28 October 2022

Annual report on remuneration

The Annual report on remuneration 
section of this report provides details 
of the amounts earned by Directors in 
respect of the year ended 31 July 2022 
and how the Directors’ remuneration 
policy will be operated for the year 
commencing 1 August 2022. This section 
of the report will be subject to an 
advisory vote at the 2022 AGM.

Remuneration decisions in respect 
of the year ended 31 July 2022

As referred to in the 2021 Directors’ 
remuneration report, Brian Tenner’s 
salary was increased to £250,000 with 
effect from 1 August 2021 following his 
assumption of the CEO role eleven 
months before in September 2020. 

Liam Gray was appointed to the Board 
as Chief Financial Officer with effect 
from 8 November 2021. Liam previously 
served as the UK Finance Director and 
Company Secretary. He was appointed 
on a base salary of £120,000 with the 
same benefits and incentives as the 
other Executive Directors in line with 
the remuneration policy.

The 2022 bonus opportunity for the 
Executive Directors was based on a 
combination of financial and corporate 
measures and challenging personal 
objectives. The Remuneration Committee 
determined that both of the corporate 
financial targets’ thresholds were achieved. 
As a result, bonuses were therefore 
payable in respect of performance 
against the Executive Directors’ personal 
targets. The Remuneration Committee 
determined that a number of personal 
objectives had been achieved in part or in 
full by the Executive Directors, in addition 
to the threshold attainment of the financial 
targets. Further information is set out 
on page 73.

No long-term incentive awards vested 
during the year. All the options under the 
Deferred Bonus Plan that were granted in 
October 2019 and December 2019 vested 
during the year. These options had been 
awarded in respect of the annual 
bonuses earned in FY19. 

Long-term incentive awards were 
granted in the year under the LTIP and 
further information is set out on page 74. 
No other long-term incentive awards 
were issued.

The Non-Executive Directors continued 
with their 35% pay deferral in the year 
ended 31 July 2022. Their full pay was 
reinstated on 1 July 2022, and the 
deferred sums were paid in July 2022, 
following the successful fundraise in June 
2022. During the year, the Chairman 
continued to defer the second increase 
in his fees that had been agreed in 2020 
and this deferral will continue in FY23.

Remuneration in the year 
commencing 1 August 2022

The Directors’ remuneration policy 
approved at the 2021 AGM will be 
applied as follows in the year 
commencing 1 August 2022:

  The Board agreed to implement the 
second, deferred tranche, in Brian 
Tenner’s base salary that had been 
agreed in the prior year. In addition, 
Brian Tenner (and the other Executive 
Directors) will receive the same 6% 
cost of living increase being awarded 
to all other staff (excluding Non-
Executive Directors). In combination, 
this raises his salary to £291,500 
effective from 1 August 2022. 

  The Board also approved an increase 

in salary for the CFO, Liam Gray, 
raising his salary to £148,400 effective 
from 1 August 2022. This reflects strong 
development progress made in the 
year by Liam and is made up of an 
increase of £20,000 in base salary, 
plus a 6% cost of living increase as 
detailed above.

  The CTO, Nigel Pickett, has received a 
6% cost of living increase as detailed 
above, raising his salary to £207,442 
effective from 1 August 2022.

  For the year commencing 1 August 2022, 
employer pension contributions for all 
staff, including the Executive Directors, 
above the amount of any salary 
sacrifice (and the associated employer 
National Insurance contribution 
savings) will be increased by 1.5% 
of salary to the group’s medium-term 
target of 7.5% of salary.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 063

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ remuneration policy

T his part of the report sets out the Company’s forward-looking Directors’ remuneration policy that was subject to a 

binding vote at the AGM on 30 November 2021 and is scheduled to continue in operation for three years. The Directors’ 
remuneration policy is not audited.

Element and purpose

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Base salary

Core element of fixed remuneration 
that provides the basis to recruit 
and retain talent necessary to 
deliver the business strategy.

Benefits

Provide a market-competitive 
benefits package and promote 
the wellbeing of employees.

Retirement benefits

Provide market-competitive 
post-employment benefits to 
recruit and retain Directors of the 
calibre required for the business.

Normally reviewed annually and applied 
from 1 August (can be varied).

Consideration is given to the following:

No maximum. Annual increase normally 
in line with the wider workforce. Potential 
further increases:

N/A

  the role, responsibility and 

experience of the individual;

  corporate and individual 

performance;

  market comparators by size 

and complexity; and

  other Nanoco salary increases.

The Company provides life assurance of 
eight times salary, for all Executives.

Directors are reimbursed for out-of-
pocket expenses incurred wholly and 
necessarily on Company business.

Benefits are reviewed periodically, 
taking individual circumstances into 
consideration. Benefits provided may 
include, for example, medical insurance, 
relocation expenses, expatriate 
allowances and travel expenses.

The Company currently operates a 
salary sacrifice pension arrangement 
under which Executives may elect to 
sacrifice salary and the Company pays 
an amount equal to the amount of the 
salary sacrifice, together with the 
employer National Insurance saved, into 
a private pension scheme.

Executive Directors are also eligible to 
participate in the Company’s defined 
contribution scheme (or other appropriate 
pension plan). In circumstances where 
the lifetime allowance is protected, 
Executive Directors are permitted 
to take an equal cash supplement 
(not counted towards bonus or 
LTIP opportunity).

  on promotion or changes in scope 

or responsibility;

  an individual’s performance in a role;

  where there has been a change 

in market practice; or

  if there is a change in the size and/or 

complexity of the business.

No absolute maximum. The value 
of benefits is set at a level which 
the Committee considers to be 
appropriately positioned taking into 
account relevant market factors based 
on the nature and location of the role, 
the level of benefits provided to other 
employees in the group and 
individual circumstances.

For the year commencing 1 August 2022, 
employer pension contributions above 
the amount of any salary sacrifice 
and employer NIC saved will be set 
at 7.5% (2021: 6.0%) of salary in line 
with all employees.

An overall contribution limit of up to 10% 
of base salary may be made in future 
years (in addition to the amount of any 
salary sacrifice and employer NIC saved) 
to take account of circumstances 
including, but not limited to, a change 
in the scope of the role, an increase in 
responsibility and/or a change in the 
size and/or complexity of the business.

N/A

N/A

064

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration policy continued

Element and purpose

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Annual bonus

Rewards and incentivises 
the achievement of annual 
objectives which are aligned 
with key financial and 
strategic goals that support 
the enhancement of 
shareholder value.

Long Term Incentive Plan 
(“LTIP”) 

To reflect stakeholder 
philosophy, provide a 
longer-term retention 
mechanism and provide 
alignment with shareholders.

Performance targets are set annually and pay-
out levels are determined after the year end 
following the Committee’s assessment of 
actual performance against set targets.

Up to 100% of any bonus earned can be paid in 
deferred shares or options under the Deferred 
Bonus Plan (“DBP”) that will vest after two years.

Deferred share option awards may incorporate 
the right to receive (in cash or shares) the value 
of the dividends that would have been paid on 
vested shares; this may assume the 
reinvestment of dividends into shares on such 
terms as the Committee determines.

Personal bonus element only payable if at 
least one financial target is achieved. 

Under the LTIP, awards of conditional shares, 
restricted stock or nil-cost options (or similar 
cash equivalent) can be made with vesting 
dependent on the achievement of 
performance conditions, normally over 
a three-year performance period.

There will be no retesting of performance 
after the end of the performance period.

Vested awards are normally subject 
to a two-year holding period.

LTIP awards may incorporate the right to 
receive (in cash or shares) the value of the 
dividends that would have been paid on 
the shares that vest; this may assume the 
reinvestment of dividends into shares on 
such terms as the Committee determines.

Maximum annual bonus opportunity 
is 125% of salary.

The percentage of maximum bonus 
payable for the different levels of 
performance would be no greater than:

Below threshold 

Threshold   

On-target  

Maximum   

0%

25%

60%

100%

On-target performance pays out at 
60% (and not 50%) as the Committee 
includes an element of stretch when 
setting targets.

The maximum value of shares over 
which an individual can be granted an 
award in respect of a financial year is 
normally 150% of base salary, although 
this limit may be increased to 250% of 
base salary in exceptional 
circumstances. The percentage of 
maximum awards for the different 
levels of performance would be no 
greater than:

Below threshold 

Threshold   

On-target  

Maximum   

0%

25%

60%

100%

On-target performance pays out at 
60% (and not 50%) as the Committee 
includes an element of stretch when 
setting targets.

Stretching performance 
targets are set each year, 
reflecting the group strategy.

Ordinarily, at least 80% will be 
subject to achievement of 
financial and/or corporate 
measures and the balance 
will be based on challenging 
personal objectives. 

The Committee retains 
discretion to apply different 
weightings in relevant 
circumstances, and to 
override formulaic outturns 
where circumstances require.

Vesting of LTIP awards is 
subject to meeting 
performance targets set 
by the Committee.

Performance targets are 
reviewed regularly to ensure 
relevance and will be based 
on financial measures which 
link to the creation of 
shareholder value (such as 
share price, revenue and EPS) 
and/or the achievement of 
strategic milestones.

The relevant metrics and the 
respective weightings may 
vary each year based on 
Company strategic priorities. 
The Committee retains 
discretion to override 
formulaic outturns where 
circumstances require.

Shareholding requirement

In service requirement

N/A

To align Directors to 
shareholder interests.

Post-employment 
shareholding requirement

To further align Directors 
to shareholder interests.

A requirement to build up and hold a 
shareholding of at least 200% of base salary. 
50% of vested shares under the DBP or LTIP 
(post-tax) are to be retained until the 
shareholding requirement has been met.

N/A

Executive Directors’ upon ceasing employment 
with the Company, are required to retain their 
shareholdings, up to 200% of salary, for one 
year post employment. This reduces to 100% 
of salary in the second year post employment. 
Shares will be subject to this requirement only 
if they are acquired from employee share plan 
awards granted on or after 1 August 2021.

N/A

N/A

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 065

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Notes to the policy table 

Application of clawback and malus to variable remuneration

Under the Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”), during the two-year deferral period, the Committee has the right to reduce any deferred bonus 
awards which have not yet been released in the event of a material misstatement of the group’s financial results, material misconduct 
on the part of the participant, a material corporate failure as determined by the Board, a material failure of risk management by the 
group, or in the event of serious reputational damage (i.e. a malus provision). For up to two years following the payment of a cash bonus 
award, the Committee may also require the repayment of some or all of the award in these circumstances (i.e. a clawback provision). 
The same provisions apply to awards under the 2015 LTIP Plan at any time prior to the end of the holding period for LTIP awards. 

Explanation of performance measures chosen

Selected performance measures for the annual bonus and LTIP awards reflect the group’s strategy. Stretching performance 
targets are set each year by the Committee taking into account a number of different factors.

Annual bonus

Ordinarily, at least 80% of the potential maximum annual bonus will be subject to achievement of a combination of financial and 
corporate measures, with the remainder based on challenging personal objectives. The Committee will disclose the metrics and 
performance against these on a retrospective basis to the extent that these are not commercially sensitive. The personal bonus 
element is only payable if at least one financial target is achieved.

LTIP

The Committee has now opted for any potential LTIP award in financial year 2023 to be based on a combination of revenue 
targets and share price growth. Both metrics are closely aligned to long-term shareholder interests in that revenue growth will 
lead to a valuable self-financing organic business and share price growth is a direct measure of increases in shareholder value. It is 
the Committee’s view that these metrics are the most appropriate performance measure at present for determining LTIP vesting for 
the awards for the reason given above. At this time as a ‘pre-profit’ business, the Committee considers that a profit based metric 
would not be appropriate as this could be subject to the risk of potential undeserved reward or penalty, particularly given the 
small absolute values involved. The Committee intends to review each year the performance metrics for future awards taking 
into account the business priorities and strategy at that time.

The Committee also retains the discretion to adjust or set different performance measures or targets where it considers it 
appropriate to do so (for example, to reflect a change in strategy, a material outcome or development in the Samsung litigation, 
a material acquisition and/or a divestment of a group business or a change in prevailing market conditions) and to assess 
performance on a fair and consistent basis from year to year.

Operation of the LTIP and DBP

The LTIP and DBP are operated by the Committee in accordance with their respective rules. These include the ability to adjust 
the number of shares subject to awards in the event of a variation of share capital, demerger, delisting, special dividend, rights 
issue or other event which may, in the opinion of the Company, affect the current or future value of shares. The “market value” of a 
share for the purposes of determining the number of shares subject to the LTIP or DBP award will be the average share price over 
the three dealing days following the announcement of results preceding the grant date. The Committee can determine that an 
alternative basis should apply but this would still be by reference to market prices such as the average price over the three-day 
period leading up to an award at a different date. All members of staff are eligible to participate in both schemes.

Early vesting of awards

As described on page 70, awards under the DBP and LTIP may vest earlier than anticipated in “good leaver” circumstances.

On a change of control of the Company or other relevant corporate event (such as a demerger, delisting, special dividend or other 
event which may affect the value of an award), the extent to which unvested awards will vest will be determined in accordance with 
the rules of the relevant plan.

Awards under the DBP will vest in full in the event of a takeover, merger or other relevant corporate event.

Awards under the LTIP may vest early on a takeover, merger or other relevant corporate event. The Committee will determine the 
level of vesting taking into account the extent to which the performance conditions are satisfied and the perceived value created 
as a result of such an event. Such vesting would ordinarily be on a time pro-rata basis, although the Committee has discretion 
not to apply time pro-rating.

How the Executive Directors’ remuneration policy relates to the group

The remuneration policy summarised previously provides an overview of the structure that operates for the Executive Directors. 
The same broad structure also operates for the members of the senior management team, although with lower levels of 
participation in the annual bonus, the DBP and/or the LTIP. 

066

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration policy continued

Remuneration outcomes in different performance scenarios

The charts below set out an illustration of the remuneration policy for FY23. The charts provide an illustration of the proportion 
of total remuneration made up of each component of the remuneration policy and the potential value of each component.

Five scenarios have been illustrated for each Executive Director:

Below threshold 
performance

Fixed remuneration
No annual bonus pay-out
No vesting under the LTIP

Threshold performance 

Fixed remuneration

25% annual bonus pay-out (31.25% of salary)

25% vesting under the LTIP (37.5% of salary)

Target performance

Fixed remuneration

60% annual bonus pay-out (75% of salary)

60% vesting under the LTIP (90% of salary)

Maximum performance

Fixed remuneration

100% annual bonus pay-out (125% of salary)

100% vesting under the LTIP (150% of salary)

Maximum + 50% share 
price increase

Fixed remuneration
100% annual bonus pay-out (125% of salary)
100% vesting under the LTIP (150% of salary) plus an assumed 50% increase in share price from grant date

Brian Tenner

1,500,000

1,200,000

n
o
i
t
a

r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

900,000

600,000

300,000

£513,768

21%
18%
4%

57%

£313,362
7%

93%

£1,333,612

£1,114,987

£794,337

33%

28%

3%

37%

39%

33%

2%

26%

49%

27%

2%

22%

Dr Nigel Pickett

1,200,000

1,000,000

800,000

600,000

400,000

n
o
i
t
a

r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

200,000

£223,000
7%

£365,616
21%
18%
4%

93%

57%

£949,047

£793,466

£565,279

33%

28%

3%

37%

39%

33%

2%

26%

49%

27%

2%

22%

0

Below 
threshold
performance

Threshold 
performance

Target
performance

Maximum
performance

Maximum + 
50% share 
price increase

0

Below 
threshold
performance

Threshold 
performance

Target
performance

Maximum
performance

Maximum + 
50% share 
price increase

Fixed pay

 Pension

 Annual bonus 

 LTIP

Fixed pay

 Pension

 Annual bonus 

 LTIP

Liam Gray

800,000

600,000

n
o
i
t
a

r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

400,000

200,000

£678,930

£567,630

£404,390

33%

28%

3%

37%

39%

33%

2%

26%

49%

27%

2%

22%

£261,555

21%
18%
4%

57%

£159,530
7%

93%

0

Below 
threshold
performance

Threshold 
performance

Target
performance

Maximum
performance

Maximum + 
50% share 
price increase

Fixed pay

 Pension

 Annual bonus 

 LTIP

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 067

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Remuneration outcomes in different performance scenarios continued

Fixed pay currently comprises the following elements from 1 August 2022:

Chief Executive Officer – Brian Tenner

Chief Technical Officer – Dr Nigel Pickett

Chief Financial Officer – Liam Gray

Current
base salary

£291,500

£207,442

£148,400

Benefits 1

Pension 2

Total

—

—

—

£21,862

£313,362

£15,558 £223,000

£11,130 £159,530

1 

 No benefits are currently provided to the Executive Directors other than under the group life assurance scheme, the value of which in the case 
of the Executive Directors cannot be identified.

2  Based on 7.5% employer pension contribution/cash supplement in lieu of pension which applies for the year ended 31 July 2023 (2022: 6.0%).

With the exception of the final scenario (which assumes a 50% increase in share price from grant date of LTIPs), the values 
illustrated assume a constant share price from the time of grant of LTIPs and do not take into account share price fluctuation or 
dividend equivalents that may be received under the share plans. The ultimate amounts received by the Directors may be higher 
or lower than the amounts illustrated above.

Remuneration policy for Non-Executive Directors

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Other items

To enable the Company to 
attract and retain Non-
Executive Directors of the 
required calibre by offering 
market-competitive rates.

The Chairman’s fee is determined by the Committee 
and the fees of the other Non-Executive Directors 
are determined by the Board.

Fees take into account several factors, including 
the size and complexity of the business, fees paid 
at companies of a similar size and complexity, and 
the expected time commitment and contribution 
for the role.

Overall fees paid to Non-Executive Directors will 
remain within the limits set by the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

Non-Executive Directors are provided 
with Directors’ and officers’ insurance 
and indemnity protection and are eligible 
to be reimbursed for any reasonable 
hotel and travelling expenses and other 
reasonable expenses incurred in the 
performance of their duties.

The Non-Executive Directors do not 
participate in the Company’s annual 
bonus, share plans or pension schemes.

Remuneration policy on recruitment

When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will seek to align the remuneration package with the above policy. When 
determining appropriate remuneration arrangements, the Committee may include other elements of pay which it considers are 
appropriate and necessary in the circumstances. However, this discretion is capped and is subject to the limits referred to below:

  base salary will be set at a level appropriate to the role and the experience of the appointee. We may agree future increases 

up to a market rate, in line with increased experience and/or responsibilities, subject to good performance;

  benefits and pension contributions will only be provided in line with the above policy;

  the Committee will not offer non-performance related incentive payments (for example a “guaranteed sign-on bonus”);

  other elements may be included in the following circumstances:

  an interim appointment being made to fill an Executive Director role on a short-term basis;

  if exceptional circumstances require the Chairman or a Non-Executive Director to take on a short-term Executive function;

  if an Executive Director is recruited at a time in the year when it would be inappropriate to provide a bonus or long-term 

incentive award for that year as there would not be sufficient time to assess performance. Subject to the limit on variable 
remuneration set out below, the quantum in respect of the months employed during the year may be transferred to the 
subsequent year so that reward is provided on a fair and appropriate basis; and

  if the Director will be required to relocate in order to take up the position, it is the Company’s policy to allow reasonable 

relocation, travel and subsistence payments. Any such payments will be at the discretion of the Committee;

068

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration policy continued

Remuneration policy on recruitment continued

  the Committee may also alter the performance measures, performance period and vesting period of the annual bonus or LTIP, 

if the Committee determines that the circumstances of the recruitment merit such alteration. The rationale for any such 
alterations will be clearly explained in the next Directors’ remuneration report; and

  the maximum level of variable remuneration which may be granted (excluding “buyout” awards as referred to below) is 375% 

of salary, in line with the policy set out on pages 64 and 65.

The Committee may make payments or awards in respect of hiring an employee to “buy out” remuneration arrangements forfeited 
on leaving a previous employer. In doing so, the Committee will take account of relevant factors, including any performance 
conditions attached to the forfeited arrangements and the time over which they would have vested or been paid. The Committee 
will generally seek to structure buyout awards or payments on a comparable basis to the remuneration arrangements forfeited. Any 
such payments or awards are excluded from the maximum level of variable remuneration referred to previously. “Buyout” awards will 
ordinarily be granted on the basis that they are subject to forfeiture or “clawback” in the event of departure within twelve months of 
joining the Company, although the Committee will retain discretion not to apply forfeiture or clawback in appropriate circumstances.

Any share awards referred to in this section will be granted as far as possible under the Company’s existing share plans. 
If necessary, and subject to the limits referred to above, recruitment awards may be granted outside of these plans.

Where a position is filled internally, any ongoing remuneration obligations or outstanding variable pay elements shall be allowed 
to continue in accordance with their terms.

Fees payable to a newly appointed Chairman or Non-Executive Director will be in line with the policy in place at the time of appointment.

External appointments

The Company recognises that Executive Directors may be invited to become non-executive directors of other companies and 
that this can help broaden the skills and experience of a Director. Subject to the approval of the Board, Executive Directors are 
normally permitted to accept external appointments and may retain fees for such appointments where no significant actual 
or potential conflict of interest arises and provided that the Director is able to maintain his time commitment to the Company.

Payment for loss of office

The Company’s policy is that Executive Directors’ service contracts should be capable of termination on not more than six 
months’ notice. This policy was implemented during FY21 with notice periods being shortened by agreement with the continuing 
Executives. The duration of Directors’ service contracts is disclosed on page 79. The principles on which the determination 
of payments for loss of office will be approached are set out below:

Element

Policy

Payment in lieu 
of notice

The Company has discretion to make a payment in lieu of notice which would include base salary 
and benefits for the unexpired period of notice, up to a maximum of six months’ notice.

Annual bonus

At the Committee’s discretion, on an individual basis, any annual bonus award will be dependent on a 
number of factors, such as the circumstances of departure and their contribution to the business during 
the period. Any bonus will normally be pro-rated for time and will be paid at the usual time (although the 
Committee retains discretion to pay the annual bonus award earlier in appropriate circumstances). 
Any such bonus can, at the discretion of the Committee, be paid wholly in cash.

DBP

Determined in accordance with the rules of the DBP.

Unvested awards will normally lapse on cessation of employment. However, at the Committee’s discretion, 
if a participant is deemed to be a “good leaver” (such as leaving due to death, ill health, injury, disability, 
redundancy or the sale of his employer), the Committee shall determine whether any unvested award will 
vest at cessation or at the normal vesting date. In either case, the extent of vesting will be determined by the 
Committee, taking into account, unless the Committee determines otherwise, the period of time elapsed 
from the date of grant to the date of cessation relative to the deferral period. Awards may then be exercised 
during such period as the Committee determines.

Awards (in the form of nil-cost options) which have vested but remain unexercised at the date of cessation 
may be exercised if a participant is a good leaver at the discretion of the Committee. Awards may then be 
exercised for such period as the Committee determines.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 069

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Payment for loss of office continued

Element

LTIP

Policy

Determined in accordance with the rules of the shareholder approved LTIP.

Unvested awards will normally lapse on cessation of employment. However, if a participant is deemed to be a 
good leaver, the Committee shall determine whether the award is released on the normal release date or the 
date of cessation (or on some other date). The extent of vesting will be determined by the Committee taking 
into account the extent to which the performance condition is satisfied and, unless the Committee 
determines otherwise, the period of time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of cessation relative to 
the performance period. Awards may then be exercised during such period as the Committee determines.

If a participant leaves for any reason (other than summary dismissal) after an award has vested but before it has 
been released (i.e. during the holding period), his award will ordinarily continue to the normal release date when it 
will be released to the extent it vested. The Committee retains discretion to release awards when the participant 
leaves. If the participant is summarily dismissed, their award will lapse. Awards (in the form of nil-cost options) which 
have vested and been released but remain unexercised at the date of cessation may be exercised if a participant 
is deemed to be a good leaver. Awards may then be exercised for such period as the Committee determines.

Mitigation

The Committee’s practice is that if an Executive Director’s employment is terminated any compensation 
payment will be calculated in accordance with normal legal principles including the application of mitigation 
to the extent appropriate to the circumstances of the termination.

Other payments

In appropriate circumstances, payments may also be made in respect of accrued holiday, outplacement 
and legal fees.

Where a buyout award has been made, the leaver provisions would be determined at the time of the award.

The Committee reserves the right to make additional exit payments where such payments are made in good faith in discharge 
of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of settlement or compromise 
of any claim arising in connection with the termination of a Director’s office or employment.

Where the Committee retains discretion it will be used to provide flexibility in certain situations, taking into account the particular 
circumstances of the Director’s departure and performance.

There is no entitlement to any compensation in the event of Non-Executive Directors’ fixed-term agreements not being renewed 
or the agreement terminating earlier.

Consideration of employees’ pay

The Committee generally considers pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Company when considering the Directors’ 
remuneration. When considering base salary increases, the Committee reviews overall levels of base pay increases offered to 
other employees. Employees are not actively consulted on Directors’ remuneration. Employee share ownership is fundamental 
to the Company’s culture and is reflected in the universal participation in at least one of our share incentive plans.

Existing contractual arrangements

The Committee retains discretion to make any remuneration payment and/or payment for loss of office outside the policy 
in this report:

  where the terms of the payment were agreed before the policy came into effect, provided that they are in line with the 

Directors’ remuneration policy approved at the 2021 AGM;

  where the terms of the payment were agreed at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Company and, 

in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration of the individual becoming a Director of the Company; 
and

  to satisfy contractual commitments under legacy remuneration arrangements.

For these purposes, “payments” includes the satisfaction of awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over 
shares, the terms of the payment are agreed at the time the award is granted.

Consultation with shareholders

The Committee considers shareholder feedback received on remuneration matters, as well as any additional comments received 
during any other meetings with shareholders. The Committee consulted with major shareholders in respect of the changes to the 
remuneration policy that was approved at the 2021 AGM.

070

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceAnnual report on remuneration

This report sets out details of the amounts earned during FY22 and provides details as to how the Committee intends to 
implement the policy during FY23. This part of the report will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2022 AGM. 
This report contains unaudited information except where stated that it is audited.

Remuneration Committee

The Committee comprises Dr Alison Fielding, who is Chair of the Committee, Chris Batterham and Dr Christopher Richards, each 
of whom is considered to be independent. The Committee may invite anyone it deems appropriate to attend and advise at 
meetings, including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Technology Officer, although no Director is 
present when their own remuneration is being discussed. The Committee is responsible for establishing a formal and transparent 
procedure for developing policy on Executive remuneration and for setting the remuneration of the Directors and certain senior 
management, as well as reviewing the performance of the Executive Directors of the Company. The terms of reference of the 
Remuneration Committee can be found in the Investors section of the group’s website.

The Committee met six times during the year; its meetings are minuted and its recommendations are presented to the Board.

Other appointments

None of the Executive Directors had any other external appointments during the year ended 31 July 2022.

Advisers to the Committee

The Chief Executive Officer is consulted on the remuneration of those who report directly to him and also of other senior Executives. 
No Executive Director or employee is present or takes part in discussions in respect of matters relating directly to their own 
remuneration. During the year, the Committee was assisted in its work by the following external consultants:

Adviser

Details of appointment

Services provided by the adviser

Fees paid for remuneration advice

Other services in FY21

Deloitte LLP 
(“Deloitte”)

Appointed by the 
Remuneration 
Committee in  
June 2015.

Various advice on  
Executive remuneration.

The fees for advice provided to 
the Committee during the financial 
year were £nil (2021: £7,125).

Advice to management in 
relation to the Directors’ 
remuneration report.

Charged on a time/cost basis or 
fixed fee depending on project.

Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under its Code of Conduct in 
relation to Executive remuneration consulting in the UK. The Remuneration Committee took into account the Code of Conduct 
when reviewing the appointment of Deloitte. The Committee is satisfied that the remuneration advice provided by Deloitte is 
objective and independent.

Single total figure of remuneration for 2022 – Executive Directors (audited information)

The remuneration of the Directors who served on the Board of Nanoco Group plc during the year to 31 July 2022 is as follows 
(footnotes for both tables are below the second table):

Base salary
and fees 1
£’000

Benefits
in kind 2
£’000

Annual bonus
in cash
£’000

Annual bonus
in shares
£’000

Long-term
incentives
£’000

Pension 3
£’000

Total 2022
£’000

Total fixed
remuneration
£’000

Total variable
remuneration
£’000

Executive Directors

Brian Tenner

Dr Nigel Pickett

Liam Gray4

Total Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors

Dr Christopher Richards

Dr Alison Fielding

Chris Batterham

Henry Turcan5

Total Non-Executive 
Directors

Total 

250

196

87

533

100

46

46

40

232

765

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

238

184

85

507

—

—

—

—

—

507

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

15

12

5

32

—

—

—

—

—

32

503

392

177

1,072

100

46

46

40

232

1,304

265

208

92

565

100

46

46

40

232

797

238

184

85

507

—

—

—

—

—

507

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 071

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued

Single total figure of remuneration for 2022 – Executive Directors (audited information) continued

The remuneration of the Directors who served on the Board of Nanoco Group plc during the year to 31 July 2021 was as follows:

Base salary
and fees 1
£’000

Benefits
in kind 2
£’000

Annual bonus
in cash
£’000

Annual bonus
in shares
£’000

Long-term
incentives
£’000

Pension 3
£’000

Total 2021
£’000

Total fixed
remuneration
£’000

Total variable
remuneration
£’000

Executive Directors

Brian Tenner

Dr Nigel Pickett

Total Executive Directors

Former Executive 
Directors

Dr Michael Edelman6

Non-Executive Directors

Dr Christopher Richards7

Dr Alison Fielding7

Chris Batterham7

Total Non-Executive 
Directors

Total 

192

169

361

180

77

35

35

147

688

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

95

84

179

—

—

—

—

—

179

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

11

10

21

—

—

—

—

—

21

298

263

561

203

179

382

180

180

77

35

35

147

888

77

35

35

147

709

95

84

179

—

—

—

—

—

179

1 

If less than a year was served, salary or fees are from the date of appointment or to the date of retirement. The Executive Directors’ salaries shown 
include the impact of the temporary 20% salary reduction in between 1 April 2020 and 31 March 2021 and are shown before any salary sacrifice pension 
contributions. The Non-Executive Directors’ salaries shown include the impact of the 35% salary reduction that took effect between 1 April 2020 and the 
31 March 2021, the 35% salary deferral that took effect from 1 April 2021 and the repayment of the 35% deferral in July 2022. The FY21 single figure table 
has been restated to reflect this repayment, as previously the single figure table showed the reduced values.

2  Benefits in kind are shown at the taxable value of benefits received in the year. The life cover provided to Executive Directors is contained within a policy 

covering all employees and it is not possible to identify the proportion of the premium in respect of either Directors individually or as a whole.

3  The pension figure represents the cash value of Company pension contributions and/or cash in lieu of pension contributions. This does not include the 
amount of the salary sacrifice paid as a pension but does include the employer National Insurance saved that is paid into a private pension scheme.

4  Liam Gray was appointed to the Board on 8 November 2021 on an annualised salary of £120,000. The figure above discloses his salary between the date 

of his appointment and 31 July 2022.

5  Henry Turcan is a representative of the shareholder Lombard Odier Asset Management, and Nanoco pays £40,000 annually for these services direct 

to Lombard Odier Asset Management.

6  Dr Michael Edelman stepped down from the Board and his role as CEO on 1 September 2020 with his salary and benefits as CEO payable until the end 
of his notice period on 31 March 2021. The above discloses his salary through to 31 March 2021. His remuneration is paid in US Dollars but reported in 
Sterling for the purpose of this table. The exchange rate used for this purpose varied throughout the year. The rates used were 1.3125 in 2021.

7  In the financial year ended 31 July 2021, the 3 Non-Executive Directors pay was stated net of deferral. That deferral was paid in July 2022, and so the prior 

year numbers have been restated.

072

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report on remuneration continued

Individual elements of remuneration for the year ended 31 July 2022

Base salary

Brian Tenner received an increase from £221,450 to £250,000 on 1 August 2021. This was in recognition of his change in position 
from COO and CFO to CEO in September 2020 with the mutually agreed eleven month delay reflecting the Company’s financial 
condition at that time. All other base salaries were frozen in line with other staff in the year ended 31 July 2022.

Annual bonus

For the year ended 31 July 2022, the maximum bonus for Dr Nigel Pickett, Brian Tenner and Liam Gray was 125% of salary with Liam 
Gray’s bonus potential being pro-rated to reflect the date of his appointment. The annual bonuses comprise two elements: 
financial corporate objectives (100% of salary) and personal objectives (25% of salary). Bonuses for personal objectives are only 
payable if financial corporate objectives are achieved. 

Threshold financial targets were achieved during the year and hence bonuses were also payable in respect of personal targets. 
Performance against financial and personal targets is shown in the table below with the financial and corporate measures and 
their weighting as a percentage of salary for the year ended 31 July 2022:

Measure and weighting as a percentage 
of salary

Threshold performance level Maximum performance level

Performance achieved

Revenue and other operating 
income (75%)

£2.2m

£3.5m

£2.8m

Adjusted LBITDA (25%)

Loss of £2.7m

Loss of £2.1m

Loss of £2.1m

Bonus earned as a
percentage of salary

52.6%

25.0%

The personal objectives and amounts payable in respect of Brian Tenner, Dr Nigel Pickett and Liam Gray are set out 
in the table below.

Specific bonus targets have not been disclosed by the Committee where they are considered to be commercially sensitive. 
The current stage of the group’s development means certain retrospective information could still give competitors insight 
into the strategic plans of the business, which is not in the interest of shareholders.

It is the Board’s intention that awards of deferred share options in respect of bonuses will be settled in shares and not cash, 
to conserve the cash resources of the business.

Director

Measure

Brian Tenner

Financial and corporate measures

Personal objectives

Confidential commercial objective

Secure additional JDA with existing customer

Drive all Samsung litigation activities

Improve employee engagement

Dr Nigel Pickett

Financial and corporate measures

Personal objectives

Deliver all critical technical milestones for JDA 1

Deliver all critical technical milestones for JDA 2

Focused expansion of IP portfolio

Support all Samsung litigation activities

Confidential commercial objective

Liam Gray

Financial and corporate measures

Personal objectives

Effective transition to CFO

Development of support services

Support development of new commercial opportunities

Outperform FY22 overhead and cash targets

Weighting
(% of maximum
bonus opportunity)

80

20

80

20

80

20

Achievement
(% of salary)

62.1%

14%

Not achieved (0%)

Achieved (5%)

Achieved (5%)

Partial (4%)

62.1%

13%

Achieved (4%)

Achieved (4%)

Partial (1%)

Achieved (4%)

Not achieved (0%)

62.1%

16%

Partial (4%)

Partial (2%)

Achieved (5%)

Achieved (5%)

DBPs granted in respect of the FY19 annual bonus plan vested in full during the year. No long-term incentives vested during the 
year ended 31 July 2022.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 073

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued

LTIP awards granted in FY22

Awards to the Executive Directors made on 9 November 2021 were as follows:

Director

Type of award

Brian Tenner

Share award

Nigel Pickett

Share award

Liam Gray

Share award

Percentage 
of salary1 
%

100%

100%

100%

Number of shares

Face value at 
grant date1 
£’000

Face value at grant 
less exercise price 
£’000

Performance period 
Years

1,184,834

927,488

533,175

250

196

112

250

196

112

3

3

3

Awards to the Executive Directors made on 1 December 2021 following shareholder approval at the AGM:

Director

Type of award

Brian Tenner

Share award

Nigel Pickett

Share award

Liam Gray

Share award

Percentage 
of salary1 
%

50%

50%

50%

Number of shares

Face value at 
grant date1 
£’000

Face value at grant 
less exercise price 
£’000

Performance period 
Years

592,417

463,744

266,588

125

98

56

125

98

56

3

3

3

LTIP granted 9 November 2021 and 1 December 2021

Threshold target

Maximum target

Share price

Vesting ratio

£0.35

25%

£0.55

100%

1 

 The face value of the awards is calculated based on a share price of £0.211, being the three-day average share price to 5 November 2021 used to 
determine the number of shares under award as referred to in the announcement on 9 November 2021.

Payments made to former Directors and payments for loss of office during the year (audited information)

No payments for loss of office were made during the year. Michael Edelman, the former CEO, was employed during the year 
as a special advisor, on an annual salary of $35,000.

074

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceAnnual report on remuneration continued

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)

Directors’ interests in share options to acquire ordinary shares of 10 pence in the Company, including options held under 
the Deferred Bonus Plan, were as follows:

Date granted

Exercise
price

At
1 August 2021

Exercised
during
the year

Lapsed

Granted
during
the year 

Share options

Dr Nigel Pickett

Brian Tenner

Liam Gray

25 Nov 2011

50.00p

500,000

— (500,000)

22 Oct 2012

57.00p

750,000

22 Nov 2016  1,3

1 Nov 2019 1,3 

10 Dec 2019 1,3

21 Oct 2020 2

9 Nov 2021 3

9 Nov 2021 2

1 Dec 2021 2

1 Nov 2019 1,3 

10 Dec 2019 1,3

21 Oct 2020 2

9 Nov 2021 

9 Nov 2021 2

1 Dec 2021 2

21 Oct 2020 2

9 Nov 2021 3

9 Nov 2021 2

1 Dec 2021 2

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

66,576

437,681

437,681

1,647,668

—

—

—

521,634

521,634

2,485,956

—

—

—

543,891

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

At
31 July
2022

—

750,000

66,576

437,681

437,681

1,647,668

399,929

927,488

—

—

—

—

—

—

399,929

927,488

463,744

463,744

—

—

521,634

521,634

— 2,485,956

452,555

452,555

1,184,834

1,184,834

592,417

592,417

—

543,891

35,157

35,157

533,175

533,175

266,588

266,588

1  Vested but unexercised share options.

2  Unvested share options still subject to performance conditions.

3  Deferred Bonus Plan awards.

Director shareholdings

In order to align the interests of Executive Directors with those of shareholders and to demonstrate the Executive Directors’ 
ongoing personal financial commitment to the business, Executive Directors will be expected to build up a shareholding. Under 
the policy approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM, the required holding was standardised at 200% of salary for all Executive 
Directors. Executive Directors are required to retain at least 50% of any post-tax shares that vest under any share incentive plans 
until this shareholding is reached.

Dr Nigel Pickett holds shares substantially in excess of the shareholding guideline (c. 2,072% of salary using the three-month 
average closing share price to the end of July 2022). Brian Tenner, having joined the Company in August 2018, is building up 
a holding which currently stands at 87% of salary (or 195% assuming 50% of Deferred Bonus Plan awards are retained until the 
minimum shareholding is achieved). Liam Gray, having joined the Board in November 2021, is building up a holding which currently 
stands at 15% of salary (20% assuming 50% of all Deferred Bonus Plan awards are retained until the minimum shareholding 
is achieved). Non-Executive Directors are not subject to the shareholding requirement.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 075

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued

Director shareholdings continued

Directors’ interests in the shares of the Company, including family and beneficial interests, at 31 July 2022 were:

Current Directors

Dr Christopher Richards

Dr Nigel Pickett 

Brian Tenner

Liam Gray

Dr Alison Fielding

Chris Batterham

Henry Turcan1

Total for current Directors

Ordinary shares of 10p each

31 July
2022
Number

31 July
2022
%

31 July
2021
Number

31 July
2021
%

769,270

0.24

728,730

11,272,575

3.50 11,245,548

605,888

48,931

279,697

194,111

—

0.19

0.02

0.09

0.06

—

592,375

—

239,157

153,571

—

13,170,472

4.10 12,959,381 

0.24

3.68

0.19

—

0.08

0.05

—

4.24

1  Henry Turcan is a representative of LOAM, and holds no shares directly.

None of the Directors in office as at 31 July 2022 had any interests at that date in shares of any other group company.

There were no changes in Directors’ shareholdings between 31 July 2022 and the publishing date of these accounts.

The market price for Nanoco shares as at 31 July 2022 was 37.0 pence per share; the highest and lowest prices during the year 
were 46.0 pence and 17.1 pence respectively.

Details of share options are set out in note 24 to the financial statements.

Dilution

The Company complies with the relevant institutional investor guidelines on employee share plans which state that in any 
ten-calendar-year period the Company may not issue more than 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
under the LTIP or any other employee share plan adopted by the Company. Including only option grants post admission to AIM 
and excluding any awards that have lapsed, the current dilution is 8.04%.

076

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
Annual report on remuneration continued

Unaudited information

Historical comparative TSR performance graph

The performance graph below shows the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) against the FTSE SmallCap over the period 
from 1 August 2012 to 31 July 2022. In the opinion of the Board, the FTSE SmallCap is the most appropriate index against which the 
TSR of the Company should be measured because it represents a broad equity market index of which the Company is again a 
constituent member.

Total shareholder return

The graph shows the percentage return of an investment in the Company’s shares on 1 August 2012 compared with the 
percentage return of an investment notionally invested in the FTSE SmallCap index. 

350%

300%

250%

200%

150%

100%

50%

0%

01/08/2012

01/08/2013

01/08/2014

01/08/2015

01/08/2016

01/08/2017

01/08/2018

01/08/2019

01/08/2020

01/08/2021

31/07/2022

 Nanoco 

 FTSE SmallCap

Ten-year view of CEO remuneration

CEO remuneration

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Total remuneration 
(£’000)1

Annual bonus 
(% of max vesting)

LTIP (% of max 
vesting)

707

293

635

406

327

312

505

323

298 2

503

73

—

56

—

56

100

40

—

—

—

—

—

52

—

—

—

43

—

75

—

1 

 The previous CEO’s (Dr Michael Edelman) remuneration was paid in US Dollars but reported in Sterling in this table for the years 2013 to 2020. The exchange 
rate used for this purpose varied during the year.

2   Brian Tenner was appointed CEO on 1 September 2020, having previously been CFO and COO. There was no change in Brian Tenner’s remuneration at 
that time to reflect the change in position with the proposed increase being made in two deferred tranches on 1 August 2021 and 1 August 2022. Having 
regard to the proportion of 2021 for which Brian Tenner was CEO, his remuneration as a Director for the full year is included for that year, and the 
remuneration of Dr Michael Edelman for the part of the year when he was CEO is not included.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 077

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued

Unaudited information continued 

Percentage change in the remuneration of the Board

The table below shows the percentage change in each Director’s salary, benefits and annual bonus between the current and 
previous financial year, and the average percentage change in the same remuneration over the same period in respect of the 
employees of the Company on a full-time equivalent basis. The average employee change has been calculated by reference 
to the mean of employee pay. Liam Gray and Henry Turcan were appointed during the year ended 31 July 2022 and, accordingly, 
have been excluded from the table below.

Salary/fees1

Taxable benefits

Annual bonus

Average
employee

Brian
Tenner 

Dr Nigel
Pickett

Dr Christopher
Richards

Dr Alison
Fielding

Christopher
Batterham

FY22

FY21

FY20

FY22

FY21

FY20

FY22

FY21

FY20

4%

7%

1%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

31%

(8%)

1%

N/A

N/A

N/A

16%

(9%)

(2%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

100%

100%

100%

0%

0%

0%

(100%)

(100%)

30%

(13%)

(2%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

30%

(13%)

(1%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

30%

(13%)

(1%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1  As noted on page 63, the Non-Executive Directors’ fees were reduced by 35% between 1 April 2020 and 31 March 2021, and deferred by 35% with effect 

from 1 April 2021. This deferral was repaid in July 2022.

The data above is distorted by a number of factors including joining dates, changes in roles and salary and by pay cuts taken by 
Directors as part of Company actions to manage the Covid-19 Pandemic. Some but not all staff had 20% pay cuts for six months. 
Executive Directors and other members of the Leadership Team had 20% pay cuts for a full twelve months. The increases in 
Executive pay in FY22 are therefore primarily or wholly the result of the end of the temporary Covid-19 Pandemic pay cut.

Relative importance of spend on pay

The following table sets out the percentage change in dividends and the overall expenditure on pay (across the whole group).

Dividends

Overall expenditure on pay

Average headcount

Implementation of policy for the year commencing 1 August 2022

Base salary

Year ended
31 July 2022
£’000

Year ended
31 July 2021
£’000

—

2,827

40

—

3,150

51

% change

—

(10%)

(22%)

Base salaries are reviewed annually with effect from 1 August. For the year commencing 1 August 2022, the second deferred tranche of the 
increase in Brian Tenner’s salary as CEO is being implemented. In addition, Liam Gray’s pay has also increased to reflect his progress in his 
role as CFO and Company Secretary on the Board. Other Executive Directors have had an increase of 6% in line with the wider workforce.

Chief Executive Officer – Brian Tenner

Chief Technical Officer – Dr Nigel Pickett

Chief Financial Officer – Liam Gray

Changes to Non-Executive Directors’ fees

2022

2021

% change

£291,500 £250,000

£207,442 £195,700

£148,400 £120,000

17%

6%

24%

The Non-Executive Directors’ fees have been frozen at the same level as last year. A temporary 35% pay deferral was reversed 
in July 2022.

Chairman fee

NED base fee

Chair of Committee fee

078

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

2022
(contracted)

2021
(paid)

2021
 (contracted)

£100,000

£76,667 £100,000

£41,000

£31,433

£41,000

£5,000

£3,833

£5,000

Corporate governanceAnnual report on remuneration continued

Unaudited information continued

Implementation of policy for the year commencing 1 August 2022 continued

Pension

The Company operates a salary sacrifice pension arrangement. For the year commencing 1 August 2022, employer pension 
contributions above the amount of any salary sacrifice (and the associated employer National Insurance contribution savings) 
have increased to 7.5% of salary for the whole workforce, including the Executive Directors.

Annual bonus

For the year ending 31 July 2023, the maximum annual bonus potential will be 125% of base salary for Executive Directors. Up to the full 
amount of any such bonus earned can be paid as deferred shares under the DBP vesting after two years with any balance paid in 
cash. This reflects our stakeholder philosophy, provides a longer-term retention mechanism and provides alignment with shareholders. 

Consistent with the 2022 annual bonus, performance will be assessed on the basis of a balanced scorecard approach in respect 
of performance measures. The balance between corporate financial objectives (80%) and personal objectives (20%) will be 
unchanged. The corporate financial measures for FY23 will include annual revenue and LBITDA weighted 60%:20% respectively. 
Any personal bonus is only payable if at least one of the financial targets is achieved. The Committee will disclose the metrics 
and performance against these on a retrospective basis to the extent that these are not commercially sensitive.

Clawback will apply to any cash bonus paid and malus provisions to any unvested deferred bonus award.

LTIP

The Committee intends to make awards of approximately 150% of salary to the CEO, CTO and CFO after the announcement of 
the group’s full year results for the year ended 31 July 2022 (subject to market conditions at the time of award). The Committee will 
agree targets if and when any LTIP awards are made during FY23. All awards will continue to be in line with the approved 
remuneration policy. This will include a two-year post-vesting holding period.

Statement of voting

The Company is committed to ongoing dialogue with its shareholders and takes an active interest in trying to ensure that as many 
shareholders as possible submit their votes in time for any shareholder meetings. The following table sets out the actual voting in 
respect of the resolutions in respect of Director remuneration at the Company’s Annual General Meeting held on 30 November 2021.

Resolution

Votes 
for

% for

Votes 
against

% against

To approve the Directors’ remuneration report

138,346,965

99.0% 1,420,624

To approve the Directors’ remuneration policy

138,307,164

99.0%

1,451,931

1.0%

1.0%

Votes 
withheld

169,994

178,488

Directors’ contracts

It is the group’s policy that Executive Directors should have contracts with an indefinite term, providing for six months’ notice.

Brian Tenner

Dr Nigel Pickett

Liam Gray

Date of contract

Date of appointment

 Notice from the Company

 Notice from Director

30 July 2018

30 July 2018

27 June 2006

27 June 2006

8 November 2022

8 November 2022

6 months

6 months

6 months

 6 months

 6 months

 6 months

All Directors will offer themselves for re-election at each AGM in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Service 
contracts are available for inspection at the registered office of the Company.

 Date of letter of appointment

 Date of appointment

Unexpired term of contract on 31 July 2022

Dr Christopher Richards (Chairman)

 28 October 2015

 11 November 2015 

Dr Alison Fielding

Chris Batterham

Henry Turcan

20 March 2017

 20 April 2017

12 March 2019

1 April 2019

1 September 2021

1 September 2021

 ~ 4 months

~ 9 months

~ 8 months

~ 25 months1

1  Henry Turcan stepped down from the Board with immediate effect from 12 September 2022.

Non-Executive Directors

All Non-Executive Directors are appointed for an initial three-year term and then on a rolling annual term. Non-Executive 
Directors’ appointments may be terminated on not less than three months’ notice from either party.

On behalf of the Board

Dr Alison Fielding
Remuneration Committee Chair
28 October 2022

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 079

Directors’ report

T he Directors present their report 

and the audited financial 
statements for the group and 
Parent Company for the year 

ended 31 July 2022.

Financial instruments

Details of the group’s financial risk 
management objectives and policies 
are disclosed in note 3 to the 
financial statements.

Research and development

The principal activity of the group is 
research and development, a review of 
which is included in the Chairman’s and 
Chief Executive Officer’s statements on 
pages 6 to 9 and 9 to 16 respectively.

Total research and development spend 
was £2.1 million (2021: £2.2 million). No 
development expenditure was capitalised 
in the year (2021: £nil) for the reasons 
provided in note 3(h) to the accounts.

Dividends

The Directors do not recommend 
payment of an ordinary dividend (2021: £nil).

Disclosures reported elsewhere in the Annual Report

The strategic review of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries is given on 
pages 6 to 40. Certain information required for disclosure in this report is provided in 
other appropriate sections of this Annual Report. These are set out in the table below:

Disclosure requirement

Financial results and dividends

Board and Committee meetings and Directors’ attendance

Directors’ biographical details and date of appointment

Corporate governance

Approach to risk management and principal risks

Research and development activities

Directors’ remuneration

Pages

24 to 26

43

40 and 41

42 to 49

27 to 29

2 and 23

61 to 79

Greenhouse gas emissions, employee engagement, disability, gender and human rights

34 to 39

Statement on disclosure to the external auditors

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Future developments

Going concern statement

83

83

8 and 11

32

Disclosures on financial instruments (note 27 to the consolidated financial statements)

115 to 118

The disclosures are, accordingly, incorporated into this report by reference.

Requirements of the Listing Rules

The following table provides references to where the information required by the 
Listing Rule 9.8.4R is disclosed:

Listing Rule requirement

Location

Information required in relation to the publication 
of unaudited financial information

Not applicable

Details of any long-term incentive schemes

Remuneration report

Directors who held office during the year and their 
interests in shares and share options in the group

Remuneration report

Arrangements where a Director has waived historical 
or future emoluments from the Company

Remuneration report 
on Chairman’s fees

Details of business relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others

Strategic report

Details of any non-pre-emptive issues of equity 
for cash

Not applicable

Details of any non-pre-emptive issues of equity 
for cash by any unlisted major subsidiary

Details of UK Parent participation in a placing by 
a listed subsidiary

No such share allotments

No such share participations

Details of any contract of significance in which 
a Director is or was materially interested

No such contracts

Details of rules regarding the appointment 
and replacement of Directors

Remuneration report

Contracts of significance between the Company 
(or a subsidiary) and a controlling shareholder

No such contracts

Details of a waiver of dividends by a shareholder

No such waivers

Board statement in respect of relationship 
agreement with the controlling shareholder

No such agreements

080

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceAcquisition of the Company’s 
own shares

The Company made no purchases of its 
own shares in the year under review. As 
at 31 July 2022 the authority given by the 
shareholders at the 2021 Annual General 
Meeting is for the Company to make 
market purchases of up to £3,056,869 of 
the nominal value of its ordinary shares 
at a price per share of not less than 10 
pence, and not more than 5% above the 
average of the middle market quotations 
for ordinary shares of the Company for 
the five business days immediately 
preceding the day of purchase. This 
authority is being proposed for renewal 
at the 2022 Annual General Meeting.

Share capital and funding

As at 31 July 2022 share capital 
comprised 322.4 million ordinary shares 
of 10 pence each (2021: 305.7 million). 
There is only one class of share and all 
shares are fully paid. Full details of the 
group’s and Company’s share capital 
movements during the year are given 
in note 22 to the financial statements.

Pursuant to the general provisions of 
the Articles of Association and prevailing 
legislation, there are no specific 
restrictions on the size of a holding. 
The Directors are not aware of any 
restrictions on the transfer of ordinary 
shares in the Company other than 
certain restrictions which may from 
time to time be imposed by law and 
regulations, e.g. insider trading laws, 
and pursuant to the Listing Rules of the 
Financial Conduct Authority whereby 
certain employees of the Company 
require prior approval from the Company 
to deal in the Company’s securities.

The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between shareholders that 
may result in restrictions on voting rights 
and the transfer of securities.

Details of shares under option are 
provided in note 24 to the financial 
statements.

Directors and their interests

The Directors who held office throughout the year and their interests are shown in the 
Remuneration report. As at 31 July 2022, none of the Directors had any interests in 
shares of any other group company.

No Director had an interest in any contract that was significant in relation to the 
group’s business at any time during the year.

Directors are formally subject to re-election at intervals of not more than three years 
but voluntarily submit themselves for re-election each year.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved:

  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the 

group and Company’s auditors are unaware; and

  they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order 
to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the group and Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Directors’ indemnity insurance

The group has maintained insurance in the form of a qualifying third party indemnity 
provision throughout the year for its Directors and officers against the consequences 
of actions brought against them in relation to their duties for the group. This provision 
was in force through the financial year and remains in force as at the date of 
approval of the financial statements.

Substantial shareholders

The Company is aware that the following had an interest in 3% or more of the issued 
ordinary share capital of the Company at 31 July 2022:

Substantial shareholders

Lombard Odier Asset Management

Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Management

Interactive Investor

Dr Nigel Pickett

Tariq Hamoodi

Barclays Smart Investor

HSDL, stockbrokers

Number
of ordinary
shares at
31 July 2022

77,014,050

49,256,899

28,006,786

11,272,575

10,866,006

10,220,589

9,912,359

% of
issued
share
capital

23.89

15.28

8.69

3.50

3.37

3.17

3.07

There were no notified significant changes in the holdings between 31 July 2022 
and the date the Annual Report and Accounts was signed.

Donations

No political donations were made in the year (2021: £nil). Charitable donations of £nil 
were made in the year (2021: £nil).

Compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 

The statements of compliance with 
the principles of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code published by the FRC 
in 2018 are set out on page 47.

Foreign branches

The group has just one foreign location, 
a subsidiary in the United States, which 
provides management services to the 
UK business.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 081

Independent auditors

Mazars LLP were appointed during 
the year following an external tender 
process. Mazars LLP have indicated 
their willingness to continue in office.

Ordinary resolutions to re-appoint 
Mazars LLP as auditors and to authorise 
the Directors to agree their audit fee will 
be proposed at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting notice

The Annual General Meeting of the 
Company will be held on 20 December 
2022 at 11.00am, at the Company’s 
headquarters at The Conference Centre, 
The Heath Business and Technical Park, 
Runcorn, WA7 4QX. Shareholders will 
have the option to attend in person or 
through teleconference, with the 
teleconference details to be provided. 
The notice convening the AGM, together 
with an explanation of the resolutions to 
be proposed at the meeting, will be sent 
to shareholders separately from this 
document.

Post Balance Sheet Events

Henry Turcan stepped down from the 
Board of Directors on 12 September 2022.

On behalf of the Board

Brian Tenner
Chief Executive Officer
28 October 2022

Directors’ report continued

Additional information 
for shareholders

With regard to the appointment and 
replacement of Directors, the Company 
is governed by its Articles of Association, 
the UK Corporate Governance Code 
2018, the Companies Act 2006 and 
related legislation.

The Articles themselves may be 
amended by special resolution of the 
shareholders. The Articles provide that 
Directors may be appointed by an 
ordinary resolution of the Company’s 
members or by a resolution of the 
Directors, provided that, in the latter 
instance, a Director appointed in this 
way retires and stands for election at 
the first Annual General Meeting 
following his appointment.

The Articles also provide that at every 
Annual General Meeting at least one-
third of the Directors retire by rotation 
and set out the circumstances in which 
and how they may be re-elected. The 
Company’s members may remove a 
Director by passing an ordinary 
resolution of which special notice has 
been given. The office of a Director shall 
be vacated in any of the following 
events: (a) if (but in the case of a Director 
holding any executive office subject to 
the terms of any contract of service 
between him and the Company) 
notification in writing, signed by the 
Director or otherwise authenticated in 
such manner as the other Directors may 
accept, is received by the Company from 
the Director that he is resigning or retiring 
from office as a Director, and such 
resignation or retirement has taken effect 
in accordance with its terms, or if he shall 
in writing offer to resign or retire and the 
Directors shall resolve to accept such 
offer; (b) if he becomes bankrupt or has 
a receiving order made against him or 
makes any arrangement or composition 
with his creditors generally in satisfaction 
of his debts or shall apply to the court for 
an interim order under section 253 of the 
Insolvency Act 1986; (c) if a registered 
medical practitioner who is treating the 
Director gives a written opinion to the 
Company stating that he has become 
physically or mentally incapable of 
acting as a Director and may remain 
so for more than three months; (d) if he 

is absent from meetings of the Directors 
for six successive months without leave, 
and his alternate Director (if any) shall not 
during such period have attended in his 
stead, and the Directors resolve that his 
office be vacated; (e) if he shall be removed 
from office by notice in writing served 
upon him signed by all his co-Directors, 
but so that if he holds an appointment to 
an executive office which automatically 
determines, as a result, such removal 
shall be deemed an act of the Company 
and shall have effect without prejudice 
to any claim for damages for breach of 
any contract of service between him and 
the Company; or (f) if he ceases to be a 
Director by virtue of any provision of the 
Companies Act or becomes prohibited 
by law from being a Director.

The powers of the Directors are 
determined by applicable legislation 
and the Company’s Articles of Association. 
As provided in those Articles, the Directors 
may exercise all the Company’s powers 
provided that the Articles or applicable 
legislation do not stipulate that any 
such powers must be exercised by the 
Company’s members. The Directors have 
been authorised to issue and allot 
ordinary shares, pursuant to the Articles, 
and have authority to make market 
purchases of shares. These powers are 
referred to shareholders at each Annual 
General Meeting for renewal. Any shares 
purchased may be cancelled or held 
as treasury shares.

Employment policies

The group is committed to ensuring 
the health and safety of its employees in 
the workplace. This includes the provision 
of regular medical checks.

The group supports the employment 
of disabled people where possible 
through recruitment, by retention of those 
who become disabled and generally 
through training, career development 
and promotion. 

The group is committed to keeping 
employees as fully informed as possible 
with regard to the group’s performance 
and prospects and seeks their views, 
wherever possible, on matters which 
affect them as employees.

082

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Corporate governanceStatement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements

T he directors are responsible for 

preparing the Annual Report and 
Accounts 2022 and the financial 
statements in accordance with 

applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the 
directors have prepared the group and 
the company financial statements in 
accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006. Additionally, the Financial Conduct 
Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules require the directors 
to prepare the group financial 
statements in accordance with 
international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it 
applies in the European Union.

The company has also prepared 
financial statements in accordance with 
and international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it 
applies in the European Union.

Under company law, directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
group and company and of the profit or 
loss of the group for that period. In 
preparing the financial statements, the 
directors are required to:

  select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently;

  state whether applicable international 
accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and 
international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it 
applies in the European Union have 
been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and

  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
group and company will continue 
in business.

The directors are responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the group 
and company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the group’s and company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the 
group and company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements and 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
comply with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ confirmations

The directors consider that the Annual 
Report and Accounts 2022 and 
accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the group’s and 
company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of the directors, whose names 
and functions are listed in the Corporate 
Governance Report confirm that, to the 
best of their knowledge:

  the group and company financial 
statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with 
international accounting standards 
in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006 and 
international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it 
applies in the European Union, give 
a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities and financial position of the 
group and company, and of the loss 
of the group; and

  the Directors’ report includes a 

fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
position of the group and company, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties 
that it faces.

By order of the Board

Brian Tenner
Chief Executive Officer
28 October 2022

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 083

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Nanoco Group plc

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements 
of Nanoco Group plc (the ‘parent 
company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) 
for the year ended 31 July 2022 which 
comprise the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position, the 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in 
Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cash 
Flow, the Company Statement of Financial 
Position, the Company Statement of 
Changes in Equity; and the Notes to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
Notes to the Company Financial 
Statements including a summary of 
significant accounting policies. 

The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in their preparation 
is applicable law and UK-adopted 
international accounting standards and, 
as regards the parent company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006.

  give a true and fair view of the state 
of the group’s and of the parent 
company’s affairs as at 31 July 2022 
and of the group’s loss for the year 
then ended;

  have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards 
and, as regards the parent company 
financial statements, as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006; and

  have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the “Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements” section of our report. We are 
independent of the group and the parent 
company in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the 
UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
as applied to listed entities and public 
interest entities and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going 
concern 

In auditing the financial statements, we 
have concluded that the directors’ use of 
the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the financial 
statements is appropriate. 

Our audit procedures to evaluate the 
directors’ assessment of the group’s and 
the parent company’s ability to continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included but were not 
limited to:

  Undertaking an initial assessment at the 
planning stage of the audit to identify 
events or conditions that may cast 
significant doubt on the group’s and the 
parent company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern;

  Obtaining an understanding of the 

relevant controls relating to the directors’ 
going concern assessment; 

Based on the work we have performed, 
we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s 
and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern for a period 
of at least twelve months from when 
the financial statements are authorised 
for issue.

Our responsibilities and the 
responsibilities of the directors with 
respect to going concern are described 
in the relevant sections of this report.

In relation to the group’s reporting on 
how it has applied the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to the directors’ statement in 
the financial statements about whether 
the director’s considered it appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, 
in our professional judgement, were of 
most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period 
and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) we 
identified, including those which had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit 
strategy; the allocation of resources in 
the audit; and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team. These matters were 
addressed in the context of our audit of 
the financial statements as a whole, and 
in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.

We summarise below the key audit 
matters in forming our opinion above, 
together with an overview of the 
principal audit procedures performed to 
address each matter and our key 
observations arising from those 
procedures.

These matters, together with our findings, 
were communicated to those charged 
with governance through our Audit 
Completion Report.

  Making enquiries of the directors to 

understand the period of assessment 
considered by them, the assumptions 
they considered and the implication 
of those when assessing the group’s 
and the parent company’s future 
financial performance;

  Challenging the appropriateness of 

the directors’ key assumptions in their 
cash flow forecasts, as described in 
note 2c, by reviewing supporting and 
contradictory evidence in relation to 
these key assumptions and assessing 
the directors’ consideration of severe 
but plausible scenarios. This included 
assessing the viability of mitigating 
actions within the directors’ control; 

  Testing the accuracy and functionality 
of the model used to prepare the 
directors’ forecasts; 

  Assessing the historical accuracy of 
forecasts prepared by the directors; 

  Engaging in regular discussions with 
the directors regarding the status of 
negotiations in respect of new 
financing options; 

  Assessing and challenging any key 

assumptions and mitigating actions put 
in place in response to Covid-19;

  Considering the consistency of the 
directors’ forecasts with other areas 
of the financial statements and our 
audit; and

  Evaluating the appropriateness of the 
directors’ disclosures in the financial 
statements on going concern.

084

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statementsKey audit matters continued

Key Audit Matter

How our scope addressed this matter

Recoverability of intangible assets (Relevant to the group and all Subsidiaries) 

The carrying value of group intangible assets as 
at 31 July 2022 amounted to £1,616k. During the 
year, the group recognised an impairment 
charge of £859k. 

As disclosed in note 2(e) to the financial 
statements, the recoverability of the intangible 
assets, the value of which is driven by the 
patent portfolio held at any reporting date, 
involves judgement as to whether the carrying 
value of each patent is higher than its 
recoverable amount. 

The judgements and estimates used in 
determining the impairment assessment can 
have a material impact on the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements.

Refer to the accounting policies included within 
note 3(m) to the financial statements and the 
disclosures included within note 13.

Our audit procedures over the impairment of intangible assets included an 
evaluation of the methodology adopted and the related controls, in addition to 
substantive testing: 

Our evaluation procedures included, but were not limited to:

  review of the methodology applied for the impairment review, and

  consideration of the review and approval processes adopted.

Substantive procedures included, but were not limited to:

  We inspected a sample of patents held by the group to confirm the 
validity of the patents to external sources to assess whether there is 
an indication of impairment;

  We evaluated whether there is adequate support for the assumptions 
underlying management’s assessment of impairment, including their 
assessment around the market value of the group as a proxy for the value 
of the patent portfolio. We evaluated whether management’s assumptions 
were realistic, achievable and consistent with the external and/or internal 
environment and other matters identified during the audit; and

  We considered whether appropriate disclosure of the sensitivity of the key 

judgements have been included in the financial statements. 

Our observations

Based on the results of audit work performed we consider the methodologies 
and assumptions used by management to determine the recoverability of the 
intangible asset portfolio under IAS 36 to be reasonable.

Impairment of Investment in subsidiaries (Relevant to Parent company only)

As at 31 July 2022, the carrying value of investment 
held in subsidiaries included in the company 
balance sheet amounted to £40,747k.

Our audit procedures over the impairment of investment in subsidiaries 
included an evaluation of the methodology adopted. We addressed this risk by 
performance of following procedures: 

Investment in subsidiaries is recorded at cost less 
any provision for impairment. Impairment risks arise 
when the subsidiary assets suffer depreciation in 
market value. 

Management estimations and judgements are 
involved in determining the recoverable amount of 
investments. Given the loss-making position of the 
subsidiaries at 31 July 2022, management have 
performed an assessment of impairment using a 
fair value model based on the market 
capitalisation of the group.

Refer to the accounting policies included within 
note 3(m) to the financial statements and the 
disclosures included within note 14.

  We assessed with management the potential indicators of impairment and 

challenged their approach to assessing any indicators of impairment. 

  We evaluated the appropriateness of the key assumptions used (the 

use of fair value rather than a value -in-use model) in their assessment, 
including understanding the basis on which these assumptions were 
determined by management;

  We performed procedures to assess whether any evidence of management 
bias exists in the valuation of investment balances with no indicators of 
management bias identified; and

  We reviewed the key inputs into management’s fair value calculation, 

including assessing the number of shares in issues and the share price used.

Our observations

Based on the results of audit work performed we consider the methodologies 
and assumptions used by management to determine whether there were any 
indicators of impairment in subsidiaries under IAS 36 to be reasonable.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 085

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Nanoco Group plc continued

Key audit matters continued

Key Audit Matter

How our scope addressed this matter

Valuation of Share Based Payments (relevant to Parent company only)

During the year to 31 July 2022, the group 
recognised a charge of £619k relating to the Long 
Term Incentive and Deferred Bonus plans for 
employees of the group

There is a risk that the share based payment 
schemes are not correctly recognised in 
accordance with IFRS 2 and that the vesting 
conditions are not accurately reflected. 

The valuation of share based payments is 
complex and is subject to significant 
management estimates and judgement. There is 
an inherent risk of management bias in fair value 
calculations. This risk is increased due to the 
complexity of share based payment valuation.

Refer to the accounting policies included within 
note 3(r) to the financial statements and the 
disclosures included within note 24.

Our audit procedures over valuation of the share based payments recognised in 
the year included an evaluation of the methodology adopted. We addressed 
this risk by performance of following procedures:

  Inspected management’s estimation of the share options expected to vest 
in the future and challenged the logic behind this estimation accordingly.

  Engaged a valuation expert to evaluate the reasonableness of the 

assumptions used in the fair value computation of the options.

  Challenged management on the source and support for the assumptions, 

and the mathematical accuracy of the calculation.

  We assessed the appropriateness and completeness of the disclosure of 

share-based payments in the financial statements.

Our observations

Based on the results of audit work performed we consider the methodologies 
and assumptions used by management in the valuation of the share based 
payment plans under IFRS 2 to be reasonable.

Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent 
of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as a whole. Based on our professional judgement, we 
determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

£108,000

£65,000

Group materiality

Parent company materiality

How we determined it We determined overall materiality for the group 

using a benchmark of 1% of total assets.

Overall materiality has been determined with 
reference to a benchmark of total assets, of which it 
represents 1% capped at 60% of group materiality.

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Performance 
materiality

We have considered the value of total assets to 
be the critical component for determining 
materiality given the group’s focus on continued 
growth through its intangible asset portfolio, 
therefore this is considered most relevant 
measure of the underlying position of the group.

We have considered the value of total assets to be the 
critical component for determining materiality given the 
parent company’s focus on continued growth of the 
group through its investment in subsidiaries, therefore this 
is considered most relevant measure of the underlying 
position of the group.

Performance materiality is set to reduce to an 
appropriately low level the probability that the 
aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements in the financial statements exceeds 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

Performance materiality is set to reduce to an 
appropriately low level the probability that the 
aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements in the financial statements exceeds 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together 
with our assessment of the group’s overall 
control environment, we set performance 
materiality at approximately 55% of our overall 
materiality, being £59,000.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our 
assessment of the company’s overall control 
environment, we set performance materiality at 
approximately 55% of our overall materiality, being 
£36,000.

Reporting threshold We agreed with the Audit Committee that we 
would report to them misstatements identified 
during our audit above £3,000 as well as 
misstatements below that amount that, in our 
view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would 
report to them misstatements identified during our 
audit above £2,000 as well as misstatements below 
that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for 
qualitative reasons.

As part of designing our audit, we assessed the risk of material misstatement in the financial statements, whether due to fraud or 
error, and then designed and performed audit procedures responsive to those risks. In particular we looked at where the directors 
made subjective judgements, such as assumptions on significant accounting estimates.

086

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statementsOur application of materiality and 
an overview of the scope of our 
audit continued

We tailored the scope of our audit to 
ensure that we performed sufficient work 
to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole. We 
used the outputs of our risk assessment, 
our understanding of the group and the 
parent company, their environment, 
controls, and critical business processes, 
to consider qualitative factors to ensure 
that we obtained sufficient coverage 
across all financial statement line items.

Our group audit scope included an audit 
of the group and the parent company 
financial statements. Based on our risk 
assessment, Nanoco Group plc, Nanoco 
Technologies Limited and Nanoco 2D 
Limited were subject to full scope audit 
performed by the group audit team.

At the parent company level, the group 
audit team also tested the consolidation 
process and carried out analytical 
procedures to confirm our conclusion 
that there were no significant risks of 
material misstatement of the 
aggregated financial information.

Other information

The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report, 
other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors 
are responsible for the other information. 
Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the course 
of audit or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether this gives rise to a 
material misstatement in the financial 
statements themselves. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

Opinions on other matters prescribed 
by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, the part of the directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work 
undertaken in the course of the audit:

  the information given in the strategic 

report and the directors’ report for the 
financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements and 
those reports have been prepared 
in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements;

  the information about internal control 
and risk management systems in 
relation to financial reporting processes 
and about share capital structures, 
given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 
7.2.6 in the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules sourcebook made 
by the Financial Conduct Authority (the 
FCA Rules), is consistent with the 
financial statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements; and

  information about the parent 

company’s corporate governance 
code and practices and about its 
administrative, management and 
supervisory bodies and their 
committees complies with rules 7.2.2, 
7.2.3 and 7.2.7 of the FCA Rules.

Matters on which we are required 
to report by exception

In light of the knowledge and understanding 
of the group and the parent company and 
their environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the:

  strategic report or the directors’ report; or 

  information about internal control and 
risk management systems in relation 
to financial reporting processes and 
about share capital structures, given 
in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 
of the FCA Rules.

We have nothing to report in respect of 
the following matters in relation to which 
the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

We have nothing to report in this regard.

  adequate accounting records have 

not been kept by the parent company, 
or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not 
visited by us; or

  the parent company financial 

statements and the part of the 
directors’ remuneration report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

  certain disclosures of directors’ 

remuneration specified by law are not 
made; or

  we have not received all the 

information and explanations we 
require for our audit; or

  a corporate governance statement 

has not been prepared by the 
parent company.

Corporate governance statement

The Listing Rules require us to review the 
directors’ statement in relation to going 
concern, longer-term viability and that 
part of the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the group’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Statement 
specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of 
our audit, we have concluded that each 
of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially 
consistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained during the audit:

  Directors’ statement with regards the 

appropriateness of adopting the going 
concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified;

  Directors’ explanation as to its 

assessment of the entity’s prospects, 
the period this assessment covers and 
why they period is appropriate;

  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced 

and understandable;

  Board’s confirmation that it has 

carried out a robust assessment of the 
emerging and principal risks;

  The section of the annual report that 
describes the review of effectiveness 
of risk management and internal 
control systems, and;

  The section describing the work of the 

audit committee.

Responsibilities of Directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ 
responsibilities statement set out on 
page 83, the directors are responsible for 
the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view, and for such internal 

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 087

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Nanoco Group plc continued

Responsibilities of Directors 
continued

non-compliance, our procedures included, 
but were not limited to:

control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the 
directors are responsible for assessing the 
group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the 
parent company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the 
audit of the financial statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with ISAs 
(UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements.

The extent to which our procedures are 
capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud is detailed below.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances 
of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to 
detect material misstatements in respect 
of irregularities, including fraud.

Based on our understanding of the group 
and the parent company and their industry, 
we considered that non-compliance with 
the following laws and regulations might 
have a material effect on the financial 
statements: employment regulations, health 
and safety regulations, anti-money 
laundering regulations, compliance with the 
Data Protection Act, Patent regulations and 
compliance with London Stock Exchange 
rules for premium listed companies.

To help us identify instances of non-
compliance with these laws and regulations, 
and in identifying and assessing the risks of 
material misstatement in respect to 

  Gaining an understanding of the legal 
and regulatory framework applicable 
to the group and the parent company, 
the industry in which they operate, 
and the structure of the group, and 
considering the risk of acts by the 
group and the parent company which 
were contrary to the applicable laws 
and regulations, including fraud; 

  Inquiring of the directors, 

management and, where appropriate, 
those charged with governance, as to 
whether the group and the parent 
company is in compliance with laws 
and regulations, and discussing their 
policies and procedures regarding 
compliance with laws and regulations;

  Inspecting correspondence with relevant 

licensing or regulatory authorities 
including Patent regulations within 
countries in which the group operates; 

  Reviewing minutes of directors’ 

meetings in the year; and

  Discussing amongst the engagement 
team the laws and regulations listed 
above, and remaining alert to any 
indications of non-compliance.

We also considered those laws and 
regulations that have a direct effect on 
the preparation of the financial statements, 
such as tax legislation, pension 
legislation, the Companies Act 2006. 

In addition, we evaluated the directors’ and 
management’s incentives and opportunities 
for fraudulent manipulation of the financial 
statements, including the risk of 
management override of controls, and 
determined that the principal risks related to 
posting manual journal entries to manipulate 
financial performance, management bias 
through judgements and assumptions in 
significant accounting estimates, in 
particular in relation to revenue recognition 
(which we pinpointed to the occurrence 
assertion), impairment of investments, 
recovery of intangible assets, and significant 
one-off or unusual transactions. 

Our procedures in relation to fraud 
included but were not limited to:

  Making enquiries of the directors and 
management on whether they had 
knowledge of any actual, suspected 
or alleged fraud;

  Gaining an understanding of the 
internal controls established to 
mitigate risks related to fraud;

  Discussing amongst the engagement 

team the risks of fraud; and

088

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

  Addressing the risks of fraud through 
management override of controls by 
performing journal entry testing.

The primary responsibility for the prevention 
and detection of irregularities, including 
fraud, rests with both those charged with 
governance and management. As with any 
audit, there remained a risk of non-
detection of irregularities, as these may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations or the 
override of internal controls.

The risks of material misstatement that 
had the greatest effect on our audit are 
discussed in the “Key audit matters” 
section of this report. 

A further description of our responsibilities 
is available on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website. This description forms 
part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters which we are 
required to address

Following the recommendation of the 
audit committee, we were appointed by 
the board of directors on 21 June 2022 
to audit the financial statements for 
the year ending 31 July 2022. The period 
of total uninterrupted engagement is 
1 year.

The non-audit services prohibited by the 
FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to 
the group or the parent company and we 
remain independent of the group and the 
parent company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with our 
additional report to the audit committee.

Use of the audit report

This report is made solely to the company’s 
members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the company’s 
members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the company and the company’s members 
as a body for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

Valerie Levi (Senior Statutory Auditor) for 
and on behalf of Mazars LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory 
Auditor
One St Peter’s Square
Manchester
M2 3DE
28 October 2022

Financial statementsConsolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 July 2022

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other operating income

Operating expenses

Research and development expenses

Administrative expenses

Operating loss

- before share-based payments

- share-based payments

Finance income

Finance expense

Loss before taxation

Taxation

Loss after taxation

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Gain on exchange rate translations

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Loss per share

Basic and diluted loss for the year

2022
£’000

2,467

(420)

2,047

361

2021
Restated1
£’000

2,091

(343)1

1,748

183

Notes

4

5

(1,770)

(2,150)

(5,409)

(4,790)1

6

(4,771)

(5,009)

(4,152)

(4,592)

24

8

8

9

(619)

—

(450)

(417)

—

(71)

(5,221)

(5,080)

524

685

(4,697)

(4,395)

—

—

(4,697)

(4,395)

11

(1.52p)

(1.44p)

1  The comparative balances for Cost of Sales and Administrative expenses have been restated for the year ended 31 July 2021. Refer to note 2b of 

the accounting policies for more information.

The loss for the current and preceding year arises from the group’s continuing operations and is attributable to the equity holders 
of the Parent.

The basic and diluted loss per share are the same as the effect of share options is anti-dilutive.

The notes on pages 93 to 119 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 089

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 July 2022

Group

At 1 August 2020

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive loss

Share-based payments

At 31 July 2021

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive loss

Issue of share capital on placing

Costs of share placing

Issue of share capital on exercise of options

Share-based payments

At 31 July 2022

Share
capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Reverse
acquisition
reserve
£'000

Share-based
payment
reserve
£’000

Merger
reserve
£’000

Accumulated
losses
£’000

30,570

117,292

(77,868)

3,901

(1,242)

(65,623)

Total
£’000

7,030

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

417

—

—

—

—

(4,395)

(4,395)

—

—

(4,395)

(4,395)

—

417

30,570

117,292

(77,868)

4,318

 (1,242)

(70,018)

3,052

—

—

—

1,528

—

146

—

—

—

—

4,127

(274)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(21)

619

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(4,697)

(4,697)

—

—

(4,697)

(4,697)

—

—

—

—

5,655

(274)

125

619

32,244

121,145

(77,868)

4,916

(1,242)

(74,715)

4,480

Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 July 2022

Company

At 1 August 2020

Loss for the year and total comprehensive loss 
for the year

Share-based payments

At 31 July 2021

Loss for the year and total comprehensive loss 
for the year

Issue of share capital on placing

Costs of share placing

Issue of share capital on exercise of options

Share-based payments

At 31 July 2022

Share
capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Share-based
payment
reserve
£’000

Capital
redemption
reserve
£’000

Accumulated
losses
£’000

Total
£’000

30,570

117,292

3,901

4,402

(113,462)

42,703

—

—

—

—

—

417

—

—

(6,516)

(6,516)

—

417

30,570

117,292

4,318

4,402

(119,978)

36,604

—

1,528

—

146

—

—

4,127

(274)

—

—

—

—

—

(21)

619

—

—

—

—

—

(340)

—

—

—

—

(340)

5,655

(274)

125

619

32,244

121,145

4,916

4,402

(120,318)

42,389

090

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statementsGroup and Company statements of financial position
at 31 July 2022
Registered no. 05067291

Assets

Non-current assets

Tangible fixed assets

Right of use assets

Intangible assets

Investment in subsidiaries

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Income tax asset

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Deferred revenue

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Deferred revenue

Total liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium

Reverse acquisition reserve

Share-based payment reserve

Merger reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Accumulated losses

Total equity

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

Notes

11

12

13 

14

15

16

9

17

18

21

23

20

19

21

23

20

22

22

22

24

25

25

26

98

56

1,616

—

—

—

—

40,747

199

340

2,858

—

1,770

40,747

3,397

174

1,664

524

6,762

9,124

—

175

—

5,497

5,672

10,894

46,419

(1,510)

(638)

(153)

(172)

(560)

—

—

—

110

1,227

686

3,813

5,836

9,233

(1,617)

(545)

—

(253)

—

—

—

40,128

40,128

—

—

—

1

1

40,129

(80)

—

—

—

(2,395)

(638)

(2,415)

(80)

(3,919)

(3,392)

(3,487)

(3,445)

(16)

(40)

(44)

—

—

—

(133)

—

(146)

—

—

—

(4,019)

(3,392)

(3,766)

(3,445)

(6,414)

(4,030)

(6,181)

(3,525)

4,480

42,389

3,052

36,604

32,244

121,145

(77,868)

4,916

(1,242)

32,244

121,145

30,570

117,292

—

(77,868)

4,916

—

4,318

(1,242)

30,570

117,292

—

4,318

—

—

4,402

—

4,402

(74,715)

(120,318)

(70,018)

(119,978)

4,480

42,389

3,052

36,604

The Parent Company’s result for the year ended 31 July 2022 was a loss of £340,000 (2021: loss of £6,516,000). There was no other 
comprehensive income in either the current or prior year.

The notes on pages 93 to 119 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 89 to 119 were approved by the Board of Directors on 28 October 2022 and signed on its behalf 
by:

Dr Christopher Richards 
Chairman   
28 October 2022 

Brian Tenner
Chief Executive Officer
28 October 2022

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 091

Group and Company cash flow statements
for the year ended 31 July 2022

Loss before tax

Adjustments for:

Net finance expense

(Profit)/loss on exchange rate translations

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets

Depreciation of right of use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Impairment of intangible assets

Reversal of impairment

Share-based payments

Gain on disposal of tangible fixed assets

Changes in working capital:

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

(Increase) in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Decrease/(Increase) in deferred revenue

Cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

Research and development tax credit received

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Purchases of tangible fixed assets

Purchases of intangible fixed assets

Proceeds from sale of tangible fixed assets

Interest received

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Proceeds from placing of ordinary share capital

Proceeds from issue of loan notes

Costs of financing/placing

Payment of lease liabilities (capital)

Payment of lease liabilities (interest)

Interest paid

Net cash inflow from financing activities 

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year

Effects of exchange rate changes

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

Notes

(5,221)

(340)

(5,080)

(6,516)

8

11

12

13

13

24

6

11

12

6

450

(211)

105

366

498

858

—

619

(36)

(64)

(141)

(105)

212

205

(2,465)

688

(1,777)

(4)

(114)

36

—

(82)

396

19

—

—

—

—

(76)

—

—

—

—

116

—

 —

115

—

115

—

—

—

—

—

5,655

5,655

—

(274)

(506)

(83)

(3)

4,789

2,930

3,813

19

—

(274)

—

—

—

5,381

5,496

1

—

71

17

99

408

618

623

—

417

 (48)

30

(209)

(757)

—

(453)

6

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

 80

—

—

(4,264)

(6,428)

908

—

(3,356)

(6,428)

(35)

(357)

 48

—

(344)

—

3,150

(161)

(642)

 (30)

(4)

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,150

(161)

—

—

—

2,313

2,989

(1,387)

(3,439)

5,170

30

3,813

3,440

—

1

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

17

6,762

5,497

The notes on pages 93 to 119 form an integral part of these financial statements.

092

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements

1. Reporting entity

Nanoco Group plc (the “Company”), a public company limited by shares, is on the premium list of the London Stock Exchange. 
The Company is incorporated and domiciled in England, UK. The registered number is 05067291 and the address of its registered 
office is Science Centre, The Heath Business and Technical Park, Runcorn, WA7 4QX. The Company is registered in England.

These group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “group” and 
individually as “group entities”) for the year ended 31 July 2022.

The financial statements of Nanoco Group plc and its subsidiaries (the “group”) for the year ended 31 July 2022 were authorised 
for issue by the Board of Directors on 28 October 2022 and the statements of financial position were signed on the Board’s behalf 
by Dr Christopher Richards and Brian Tenner.

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the Parent 
Company’s income statement. 

The significant accounting policies adopted by the group are set out in note 3.

2. Basis of preparation

(a) Statement of compliance

The group’s and Parent Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and UK adopted IFRSs as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board for the year ended 31 July 2022.

(b) Basis of measurement 

The Parent Company and group financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation 
of financial assets classified as “fair value through other comprehensive income” or “fair value through profit or loss”, which are 
reported in accordance with the accounting policies below. 

In order to more fairly represent the cost of sales of the group we have reclassified certain costs from administrative expenses to 
cost of sales for the comparative period. Total impact of the reclassification is an increase to cost of sales of £124,000 (2021: £134,000). 
There is no impact on reported loss or net assets of this reclassification.

(c) Going concern 

All of the following matters are taken into account by the Directors in forming their assessment of going concern. The group’s 
business activities and market conditions are set out on pages 18 to 21. The principal risks and uncertainties are shown on pages 
27 to 29 while the group’s financial position is described in the Financial review on pages 24 to 26. Furthermore, note 27 
summarises the group’s financial risk management objectives, policies and processes. The group funds its day-to-day cash 
requirements from existing cash reserves.

For the purposes of their going concern assessment and the basis for the preparation of the financial statements, the Directors 
have reviewed the same trading and cash flow forecasts and sensitivity analyses that were used by the group in the viability 
assessment, which cover the period to November 2023. The same base case and downside (severe but plausible) sensitivities 
were also used.

The base case represents the Board’s current expectations. Assumptions in the base case are:

  minimal sales of nanomaterials beyond current contracts - commercial services contracts are based on the existing pipeline 

of opportunities or agreements already in place;

  modest demand for commercial production materials in CY23 with a subsequent slow ramp-up;

  a further extension to the services and supply contract with the European electronics customer;

  no revenue is assumed from other business lines though some small scale commercial deals are currently under discussion;

  consolidation of activities on one site in Runcorn to reduce costs with modest staff increases in key areas;

  small expansion of our self-funded research activities and continued maintenance costs to support our IP portfolio;

  loan notes are repaid as they fall due in June 2024 through either an equity fundraise or improved commercial opportunities;

  Board, plc and other costs reflect the current inflationary environment;

  the group remains a going concern and hence eligible for R&D tax credits; and

  the installed cost base is capable of supporting significant increases in revenue above those assumed in the base case so 

there is no immediate requirement for short-term increases or new capital expenditure.

The downside case then flexes those assumptions as follows:

  a full year delay in small scale commercial production revenues (into CY24); and

  no new business from other customers once existing active engagements end.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 093

Notes to the financial statements continued

2. Basis of preparation continued

(c) Going concern continued

The extreme downside case then flexes those assumptions further as follows:

  the engagement with the European electronics customer comes to an end without any commercial production;

  no revenues other than those already contracted; and

  the group contracts to become an IP shell to protect the value in the Samsung lawsuit.

All three cases above (base, downside and extreme downside) produce cash flow statements that demonstrate that the group has 
sufficient cash throughout the period of the forecast to November 2023. Considering the current financial resources and monthly 
cash costs of the group, with potential for further mitigating action as noted above, and after making appropriate enquiries, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the group has access to adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future.

Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements. The financial 
statements do not reflect any adjustments that would be required to be made if they were prepared on a basis other than the 
going concern basis. 

(d) Functional and presentational currency 

These financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the presentational currency of the group and the functional 
currency of the Company. All financial information presented has been rounded to the nearest thousand.

(e) Use of estimates and judgements 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the amounts 
reported for assets and liabilities as at the reporting date and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during the year. 
The nature of estimation means that actual amounts could differ from those estimates. Estimates and judgements used in the 
preparation of the financial statements are continually reviewed and revised as necessary. While every effort is made to ensure 
that such estimates and judgements are reasonable, by their nature they are uncertain and, as such, changes in estimates and 
judgements may have a material impact on the financial statements.

In the process of applying the group’s accounting policies, management has made the following estimates and judgements, 
which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

Estimates

Equity-settled share-based payments

The group has historically issued LTIPs to incentivise employees. The determination of share-based payment costs requires: the 
selection of an appropriate valuation method; consideration as to the inputs necessary for the valuation model chosen; and 
judgement regarding when and if performance conditions will be met. Inputs required for this arise from judgements relating to 
the future volatility of the share price of Nanoco and comparable companies, the Company’s expected dividend yields, risk-free 
interest rates and expected lives of the options. The Directors draw on a variety of sources to aid in the determination of the 
appropriate data to use in such calculations. The share-based payment expense is most sensitive to vesting assumptions and to 
the future volatility of the future share price factor. Further information is included in note 3.

Judgements

Impairment of investment and inter-company receivable

Judgement is required to assess the carrying value of the Company investment and inter-company receivable at each reporting date.

Accounting standards (IAS 36 Impairment of Assets) require investments in subsidiary undertakings (equity and loans) to be 
carried at the lower of cost or recoverable value. Recoverable value is defined as the higher of fair value less costs of disposal 
(effectively net sale proceeds) and value in use. Indicators of potential impairment noted in IAS 36 (paragraph 12) include, but are 
not limited to, situations where the carrying amount of the net assets of the entity is more than its market value and where 
significant changes with an adverse effect on the entity have taken place during the year.

The Directors consider the fair value of the group to be market value (calculated as market capitalisation at year end) less costs 
to sell. Given the main trading entity is Nanoco Technologies Limited (owned by Nanoco Tech Limited), this holds the majority of 
the value. As the group market value was in excess of the book value, no further impairment is proposed.

094

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements 
2. Basis of preparation continued

(e) Use of estimates and judgements continued

Judgements continued

Revenue recognition

Judgement is required in reviewing the terms of development agreements to identify separate components of revenue, if any, 
that are consistent with the economic substance of the agreement and in turn the period over which development revenue 
should be recognised. Judgements are required to assess the stage of completion including, as appropriate, whether and when 
contractual milestones have been achieved. Management judgements are similarly required to determine whether services or 
rights under licence agreements have been delivered so as to enable licence revenue to be recognised. This matter is further 
complicated where a contract may have different elements which may result in separate recognition treatments under IFRS 15. 
Further information is included in note 3(d).

Impairment of intellectual property

As the group has not made a profit to date, the carrying value of these assets may need to be impaired. Impairment exists where the 
carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its  potential 
value in use. The value in use calculation uses market assumptions and the potential share the Nanoco technology could unlock. The 
Directors also use available information to assess whether the fair value less costs of disposal of the group’s non-current assets, 
including intellectual property, is less than their carrying amount. Furthermore, during the year another extensive review was 
undertaken to identify which patents are uncertain to be of value to Nanoco and should be allowed to lapse. As a consequence, 
patents with a value of £0.9 million (2021: £0.6 million) have been fully impaired in these financial statements. Judgements are based on 
the information available at each reporting date, which includes the progress with testing and certification and progress on, for 
example, establishment of commercial arrangements with third parties. The group does not believe that any of its patents in isolation 
are material to the business. Management has adopted the prudent approach of amortising patent registration costs over a ten-year 
period, which is substantially shorter than the life of the patent. For external patents acquired the same rule is adopted unless the 
remaining life of the patent is shorter, in which event the cost of acquisition is amortised over the remaining life of the patent.

Research and development

Careful judgement by the Directors is applied when deciding whether the recognition requirements for development costs have 
been met. This is necessary as the economic success of any product development is uncertain until such time as technical 
viability has been proven and commercial supply agreements are likely to be achieved. Judgements are based on the 
information available at each reporting date which includes the progress with testing and certification and progress on, for 
example, establishment of commercial arrangements with third parties. In addition, all internal activities related to research and 
development of new products are continuously monitored by the Directors. Further information is included in note 3.

Deferred tax

The Company recognises deferred tax assets only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits, feasible tax 
planning strategies and deferred tax liabilities will be available against which the tax losses can be utilised. Estimation of the 
level of future taxable profits is therefore required in order to determine the appropriate carrying value of the deferred tax asset. 
Given the Company’s past losses, plans to continue research and development and uncertainty of its ability to generate future 
taxable profit, management does not believe that it is more probable than not that the Company can realise its deferred tax 
assets and, therefore, it has not recognised any amount in the consolidated statements of financial position. Additional 
information is included in note 9.

3. Significant accounting policies

The accounting policies set out below are consistent with those of the previous financial year and are applied consistently by 
group entities.

(a) Basis of consolidation

The group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of Nanoco Group plc and the entities it controls (its 
subsidiaries) drawn up to 31 July each year.

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the group has the power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability 
to direct the relevant activities of the investee), exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and 
ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns. All of Nanoco Group plc’s subsidiaries are 100% owned. Subsidiaries 
are fully consolidated from the date control passes.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the group. The costs of an acquisition are 
measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, 
plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in 
a business combination are initially measured at fair value at acquisition date irrespective of the extent of any minority interest. 
The difference between the cost of acquisition of shares in subsidiaries and the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is 
capitalised as goodwill and reviewed annually for impairment. Any deficiency in the cost of acquisition below the fair value of identifiable 
net assets acquired (i.e. discount on acquisition) is recognised directly in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 095

Notes to the financial statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies continued

(a) Basis of consolidation continued

In the consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the foreign operations are translated into Sterling at the 
exchange rate prevailing at the reporting date. Income and cash flow statement items for group entities with a functional 
currency other than Sterling are translated into Sterling at monthly average exchange rates, which approximate to the actual 
rates, for the relevant accounting periods. The exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in other comprehensive 
income. See note 3(b).

All intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated on consolidation. 
Subsidiaries’ accounting policies are amended where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.

(b) Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the spot rate ruling at the date of 
the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies (including those of the group’s US subsidiary) 
are retranslated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date. All differences are taken to the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates 
as at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using 
the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.

(c) Segmental reporting

An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur 
expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about 
resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. As 
at the reporting date the Company operated with only a single segment, being the research, development and manufacture of 
products and services based on high performance nanoparticles.

(d) Revenue recognition

Revenue comprises the fair value of the sale of products and services to external customers, net of value added tax or other 
sales taxes or duties, rebates, discounts and returns. Revenue is recognised according to the five-step model set out in IFRS 15 as 
follows:

1.  Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

2.  Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

3.  Determine the transaction price;

4.  Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

5.  Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfied a performance obligation

Products sold

Revenue from the sale of products is recognised at the point of transfer of control, which is generally on shipment or delivery of 
the product. This is dependent on the delivery terms agreed with the customer. At this stage the group has completed its 
performance obligations. The supply and delivery of products are not deemed to be separable performance obligations as the 
customer is obliged to make use of the group’s delivery arrangements in most cases.

Rendering of Services

Revenues from development programmes are recognised over time on a cost to cost method whereby cost is used to measure 
progress and costs are incurred evenly throughout the period. 

Royalties and licenses

Licenses grant customers access to the group’s technology over a set length of time. Therefore revenue related to the granting of 
a license is recognised over the same period of time. The length of time to which the license, and therefore the revenue relates, 
varies by customer and agreement.

(e) Government grants

Government grants are recognised when it is reasonable to expect that the grants will be received and that all related 
conditions are met, usually on submission of a valid claim for payment.

Government grants of a revenue nature are recognised as other operating income in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. Government grants of an expense nature are recognised as a credit to administrative expenses in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Government grants relating to capital expenditure are deducted in arriving at the carrying amount of the asset.

096

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements3. Significant accounting policies continued

(f) Cost of sales

Cost of sales comprises the materials, duty and freight incurred in the generation of revenue from products sold.

Revenue from royalties and licences, which comprise payments from customers to gain preferential treatment in terms of supply 
or pricing, does not have an associated cost of sale.

(g) Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue represents advanced consideration received from customers, for which revenue is recognised over time.

(h) Research and development

Research costs are charged in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as they are incurred. Development costs 
will be capitalised as intangible assets when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the group. Such intangible 
assets will be amortised on a straight-line basis from the point at which the assets are ready for use over the period of the 
expected benefit, and will be reviewed for impairment at each reporting date based on the circumstances at the reporting date.

The criteria for recognising expenditure as an asset are:

  it is technically feasible to complete the product;

  management intends to complete the product and use or sell it;

  there is an ability to use or sell the product;

  it can be demonstrated how the product will generate probable future economic benefits;

  adequate technical, financial and other resources are available to complete the development, use and sale of the product; and

  expenditure attributable to the product can be reliably measured.

Development costs are currently charged against income as incurred since the criteria for their recognition as an asset are not 
met, the exception being the costs of filing intellectual property as these are considered to generate probable future economic 
benefits and are capitalised as intangible assets (see note 13).

(i) Finance income and expense

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested and changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value 
through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Interest income is recognised as interest accrues using the 
effective interest rate method.

Finance expense comprises interest expense on borrowings. All borrowing costs are recognised using the effective interest method.

(j) Income tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognised in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

Current income tax assets (including research and development income tax credit) and liabilities for the current and prior periods 
are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from, or paid to, the tax authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to 
compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements with the following exceptions:

  where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is 
not a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss; and

  in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries where the timing of the reversal of 

the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis using the tax rates and tax laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and which are expected to apply when the related deferred 
tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
differences can be utilised. An asset is not recognised to the extent that the transfer of economic benefits in the future is uncertain.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities, the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation authority and that authority permits the group to 
make a single payment.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 097

Notes to the financial statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies continued

(k) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment assets are recognised initially at cost. After initial recognition, these assets are carried at cost less 
any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises the aggregate amount paid and the 
fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset and includes costs directly attributable to making the asset 
capable of operating as intended.

Depreciation is computed by allocating the depreciable amount of an asset on a systematic basis over its useful life and is 
applied separately to each identifiable component.

The following bases and rates are used to depreciate classes of assets:

Laboratory infrastructure  –  straight line over remainder of lease period (two to ten years)

Fixtures and fittings 

–  straight line over five years

Office equipment 

–  straight line over three years

Plant and machinery 

–  straight line over five years

The carrying values of tangible fixed assets are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying value may not be recoverable, and are written down immediately to their recoverable amount. Useful lives and residual 
values are reviewed annually and where adjustments are required these are made prospectively.

A tangible fixed asset item is derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the 
continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the derecognition of the asset is included in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income in the period of derecognition.

Assets under construction, which principally relate to leasehold improvements and plant and machinery, are not depreciated until 
such time as they are available for use. If there are indications of impairment in the carrying value, then the recoverable amount 
is estimated and compared to the carrying amount. The recoverable amount is determined as the value that will ultimately be 
capitalised as an asset, based upon IAS 16 recognition and capitalisation criteria.

(l) Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired either as part of a business combination or from contractual or other legal rights are recognised 
separately from goodwill provided they are separable and their fair value can be measured reliably. This includes the costs 
associated with acquiring and registering patents in respect of intellectual property rights.

Where consideration for the purchase of an intangible asset includes contingent consideration, the fair value of the contingent 
consideration is included in the cost of the asset.

Where intangible assets recognised have finite lives, after initial recognition their carrying value is amortised on a straight-line 
basis over those lives. The nature of those intangibles recognised and their estimated useful lives are as follows:

Patents 

–   straight line over ten years

(m) Impairment of assets

At each reporting date the group reviews the carrying value of its plant, equipment and intangible assets to determine whether 
there is an indication that these assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment 
testing for an asset is required, the Company makes an assessment of the asset’s recoverable amount.

An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is 
determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other 
assets or groups of assets. Where the carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and 
is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the group review the potential markets for the asset, and 
consider the possibility of short to medium term commercial success being derived from the asset. In determining fair value less 
costs of disposal, an appropriate valuation model is used and these calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples or other 
available fair value indicators. Impairment losses on continuing operations are recognised in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses 
may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognised 
impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount 
since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. 
That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment 
loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal is treated as a valuation increase. After such a reversal the 
depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic 
basis over its remaining useful life.

Impairment charges have been posted during the year in relation to intangible assets. See the relevant note for more information.       

098

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements3. Significant accounting policies continued

(n) Investments in subsidiaries

Investments in subsidiaries are stated in the Company statement of financial position at cost less provision for any impairment.

(o) Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost based on latest contractual prices includes all costs 
incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price 
less any further costs expected to be incurred to disposal. Provision is made for slow-moving or obsolete items.

(p) Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the relevant 
instrument and derecognised when it ceases to be party to such provisions. Such assets and liabilities are classified as current if they 
are expected to be realised or settled within twelve months after the balance sheet date. Financial assets and liabilities are initially 
recognised at amortised cost and subsequently measured at amortised cost including directly attributable transaction costs.

The group has the following categories of financial assets and liabilities:

Receivables

(i) Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables, which generally have 30 to 60-day terms, are recognised and carried at the lower of their original invoiced 
value and recoverable amount. The time value of money is not material.

For trade receivables and contract assets, the group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the 
group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting 
date. The group has established a provision matrix that is based on shared credit risk characteristics, its historical credit loss 
experience and days past due, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment. The 
amount of the provision is recognised in the balance sheet within trade receivables. Movements in the provision are recognised in 
the profit and loss account in administrative expenses.

(ii) Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at hand and deposits with maturities of three months or less. Short-term investments 
comprise deposits with maturities of more than three months, but no greater than twelve months.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

(i) Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are initially recognised at amortised cost. They are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

(ii) Loans and convertible loan notes

Obligations for loans and borrowings are measured initially at fair value and subsequently interest-bearing loans are measured 
at amortised cost. Convertible loan notes are presented as financial liabilities as rights of the note holder to convert the loan 
notes into equity are within the control of the Company.

(q) Share capital

Proceeds on issue of shares are included in shareholders’ equity, net of transaction costs. The carrying amount is not remeasured 
in subsequent years.

(r) Share-based payments

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions are measured with reference to the fair value at the date of grant, recognised 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. Fair value is 
measured using a suitable option pricing model.

At each reporting date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the vesting period 
has expired and management’s best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions and the number of 
equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The movement in cumulative expense since the previous reporting date is recognised 
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding entry in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled 
award, the cost based on the original award terms continues to be recognised over the original vesting period. In addition, an 
expense is recognised over the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental fair value of any modification, based on 
the difference between the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the modified award, both as measured on the 
date of the modification. No reduction is recognised if this difference is negative.

Where awards are granted to the employees of the subsidiary company, the fair value of the awards at grant date is recorded in 
the Company’s financial statements as an increase in the value of the investment with a corresponding increase in equity via the 
share-based payment reserve.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 099

Notes to the financial statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies continued

(s) Defined contribution pension scheme

The group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the 
Company in an independently administered fund. The amounts charged against profits represent the contributions payable to 
the scheme in respect of the accounting period.

(t) Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is 
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable 
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provision is not made for future operating losses. Provisions are 
discounted where the impact is deemed to be material.

(u) Exceptional costs

Items of income and expenditure which are material and non-recurring are presented separately in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income. The separate reporting of exceptional items helps to provide an indication of the underlying 
performance of the group and hence allows the user of the accounts a fuller understanding of that performance.

(v) Contingent assets and liabilities

A contingent asset is a possible asset that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence 
or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the group. Contingent assets are not 
recognised but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements when an inflow of economic benefits is probable. 

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the 
occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of Nanoco. Additionally, contingent liabilities may be 
present obligations that arise from past events but which are not recognised because it is not probable that an outflow of resources 
will be required to settle the obligation or the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability. Contingent 
liabilities are not recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position but are disclosed and explained in the notes.

(w) IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both the lessee and the 
lessor. It eliminates the lease clarification of leases as either operating leases or financial leases and introduces a single lease 
accounting model requiring lessees to recognise a lease liability reflecting the future lease payments and a right of use asset for 
lease contracts. The group has applied the modified retrospective transition approach, with recognition of transitional 
adjustments on the date of initial application (1 August 2019), without restatement of comparative figures.

Lease payments for low value or short-term leases where the group has elected not to recognise a right of use asset and lease 
liability are charged as an expense on a straight-line basis. 

At the date of commencement of property leases the group determines the lease term to be the full term of the lease, assuming 
that any option to break or extend is not likely to be exercised. Leases are regularly reviewed and will be revalued if it becomes 
likely that a break clause or option to extend will be exercised. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied at the 
date of transition was 3.75%. For new leases entered into in the year ended 31 June 2022, the weighted average incremental 
borrowing rate applied was 4.25%.

The group recognises a right of use asset at the lease commencement date. The right of use asset is measured at its carrying 
amount as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the commencement date, discounted using the lessee’s incremental rate at the date 
of initial application. Subsequent to measurement, right of use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining 
term of the lease or over the remaining economic life of the asset if assessed to be shorter.

The lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the group’s 
incremental borrowing rate as at 1 August 2019. The group’s incremental borrowing rate is the rate at which a similar borrowing 
could be obtained over a similar term in a similar economic environment. Judgement is required to determine an approximation 
with consideration given to the Bank of England base rates adjusted by an indicative credit premium and lease specific 
adjustment. Subsequently, the lease liability is increased by the interest cost on the lease liability and decreased by the lease 
payments made. It is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in lease term or a change in the fixed lease payment.

(x) New accounting standards and interpretations 

The following standards have been issued but have not been applied by the group in these financial statements. These 
amendments to standards and interpretations had no significant impact on the financial statements:

IFRS amendments effective from 1 January 2022 (UK adopted and EU endorsed)

   

   

   

   

100

IAS 16 Amendment: Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds Before Intended Use

IAS 37 Amendment: Onerous Contracts: Cost of Fulfilling a Contract

IFRS 3 Amendment: Reference to the Conceptual Framework

Annual Improvements Cycle 2018 to 2020

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements3. Significant accounting policies continued

(x) New accounting standards and interpretations continued

FRS 101 amendments effective from 1 January 2022:

   

FRS 101 Amendment: 2020/21 Cycle – Disclosure Exemption from IAS 16

The following standards and amendments to standards have been issued but are not effective for the financial year beginning 
1 August 2021 and have not been early adopted:

IFRS standards effective from 1 January 2023 (EU endorsed and UK adopted)

• 

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts and IFRS 17 Amendment: Amendments to IFRS 17

IFRS standards effective from 1 January 2023 (EU endorsed, not UK adopted)

• 

• 

IAS 1 Amendment: Disclosure of Accounting Policies

IAS 8 Amendment: Definition of Accounting Estimates

IFRS standards effective from 1 January 2023 (not UK adopted, nor EU endorsed)

• 

• 

• 

IAS 1 Amendment: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

IAS 12 Amendment: Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities Arising from a Single Transaction

IFRS 17 Amendment: Initial Application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 – Comparative Information

FRS 101 amendments effective from 1 January 2023:

•  FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework: Prohibiting Insurers to Apply FRS 101 when IFRS 17 Becomes Effective

The amendments to standards and interpretations noted above are expected to have no significant impact on the financial statements.

4. Segmental information

Operating segments

At 31 July 2022 and 2021 the group operated as one segment, being the research, development and manufacture of products 
and services based on high performance nanoparticles. This is the level at which operating results are reviewed by the chief 
operating decision maker (i.e. the Board) to make decisions about resources, and for which financial information is available. All 
revenues have been generated from continuing operations and are from external customers.

Analysis of revenue

Products sold

Rendering of services

Royalties and licences

31 July
2022
£’000

782

1,582

103

2,467

31 July
2021
£’000

685

1,303

103

2,091

There was one material customer who generated revenue of £2,089,000 (2021: one material customer amounting to £1,590,000).

Revenue from the provision of services transferred over time totalled £1,685,000 (2021: £1,406,000). Revenue from the sale of 
goods transferred at a point in time amounted to £782,000 (2021: £685,000).

The group operates in four main geographic areas, although all are managed in the UK. The group’s revenue per geographical 
segment based on the customer’s location is as follows:

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

101

Notes to the financial statements continued

4. Segmental information continued

Operating segments continued

Revenue

USA

Japan

UK

Singapore

Holland

France

Taiwan

Canada

Saudi Arabia

31 July
2022
£’000

31 July
2021
£’000

27

244

1

 3

20

80

27

—

 1,474

1,031

348

351

19

— 

372

291

15

255

2,467

2,091

All of the group’s assets are held in the UK and all of its capital expenditure arises in the UK. The loss before taxation and 
attributable to the single segment was £5,221,000 (2021: £5,080,000).

5. Other operating income

Government grants

31 July
2022
£’000

361

31 July
2021
£’000

183

Grants of £361,000 (2021: £183,000) are included in Other Operating Income. There are no unfulfilled conditions or other 
contingencies attached to these grants.

6. Operating loss

Operating loss is stated after charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets (see note 11)

Depreciation of right of use assets (see note 12)

(Profit) on disposal of assets

Amortisation of intangible assets (see note 13)

Impairment of intangible assets (see note 13)

Lease costs of low value/short life lease obligations

Staff costs (see note 7)

Government aid (Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme)

Foreign exchange (gains)/losses

Research and development expense1

Share-based payments

Employers tax on Share-based payments

31 July
2022
£’000

31 July
2021
£’000

105

349

(36)

498

859

11

2,816

—

(192)

1,770

619

264

99

408

(48)

618

623

 10

3,150

 (285)

47

2,150

417

75

1 

Included within research and development expense are staff costs totalling £1,439,000 (2021: £1,700,000) also included in note 7.

102

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements6. Operating loss continued

Auditors’ remuneration

Audit services:

– Fees payable to Company auditors for the audit of the Parent and the consolidated accounts

– Auditing the accounts of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total auditors’ remuneration

7. Staff costs

The group’s costs for employees, including Directors, during the year were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments

Government aid (Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme)

Directors’ remuneration (including benefits in kind) included in the aggregate remuneration above comprised:

Emoluments for qualifying services

31 July
2022
£’000

31 July
2021
£’000

41

44

85

135

35

170

31 July
2022
£’000

2,241

490

85

31 July
2021
£’000

2,705

329

116

2,816

3,150

619

—

417

(285)

3,435

3,282

797

708

Emoluments for Directors of the group (excluding social security costs and long-term incentives, but including benefits in kind) 
disclosed above include £265,000 paid to the highest paid Director (2021: £298,000). Details of the compensation of key 
management personnel are described in note 29.

The group made contributions to money purchase pension schemes for two current Directors (2021: two).

Aggregate gains made by Directors during the year following the exercise of share options were £nil (2021: £nil).

An analysis of the highest paid Director’s remuneration is included in the Directors’ remuneration report.

The monthly average number of employees during the year (including Directors) was as follows: 

Group

Directors

Laboratory and administrative staff

8. Finance income and expense

Group

Finance income

Interest receivable

Finance expense

Loan note interest

Unwinding interest on lease liabilities

Other interest payable

31 July
2022
Number

31 July
2021
Number

7

35

42

5

46

51

31 July
2022
£’000

31 July
2021
£’000

—

—

(433)

(14)

(3)

(450)

(36)

(31)

(4)

(71)

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 103

Notes to the financial statements continued

9. Taxation

The tax credit is made up as follows:

Group

Current income tax

Research and development income tax credit receivable

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Deferred tax

Charge for the year

Total income tax credit

31 July
2022
£’000

31 July
2021
£’000

(524)

-

(524)

(689)

3

(686)

-

—

(524)

(686)

The income tax receivable shown in the statement of financial position is the R&D tax credit receivable reported above.

The tax assessed for the year varies from the standard rate of corporation tax as explained below:

Group

Loss before taxation

Tax at standard rate of 19% (2021: 19%)

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Capital allowances in excess of depreciation

Additional deduction for research and development expenditure

Surrender of research and development relief for repayable tax credit

Research and development tax credit receivable

Share options exercised (CTA 2009 Pt 12 deduction) 

Losses and share-based payment charges carried forward not recognised in deferred tax

Adjustment in respect of prior years 

Tax credit in income statement

31 July
2022
£’000

31 July
2021
£’000

(5,221)

(5,080)

(992)

(965)

(15)

16

(365)

640

(524)

—

716

-

—

16

(514)

875

(684)

—

583

3

(524)

(686)

The group has accumulated losses available to carry forward against future trading profits of £40.5 million (2021: £37.4 million).

Deferred tax liabilities/(assets) provided/(recognised) at a standard rate of 19% (2021: 19%) are as follows:

Accelerated capital allowances 

Tax losses 

31 July
2022
£’000

31 July
2021
£’000

—

—

—

— 

—

—

The group also has deferred tax assets, measured at a standard rate of 25% (2021: 19%), in respect of share-based payments and 
tax losses of £10,246,000 (2021: £7,105,000 loss) which have not been recognised as an asset as it is not yet probable that future 
taxable profits will be available against which the assets can be utilised.

Following the Chancellor’s budget announcement on 23 September 2022, the planned increase in the corporation tax rate to 25% 
is not scheduled to go ahead. Given that this change had not been substantially enacted at the balance sheet date, deferred 
tax has not been updated and remains in line with the above.

104

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements10. Earnings per share

Group

Loss for the financial year attributable to equity shareholders

Share-based payments 

Loss for the financial year before share-based payments

Weighted average number of shares

Ordinary shares in issue

Adjusted loss per share before share-based payments (pence)

Basic loss per share (pence)

31 July
2022
£’000

(4,697)

619

(4,078)

31 July
2021
£’000

(4,395)

417

(3,978)

308,610,928

305,699,102

(1.32)

(1.52)

(1.30)

(1.44)

Diluted loss per share has not been presented above as the effect of share options issued is anti-dilutive.

11. Tangible fixed assets

Group

Cost

At 1 August 2020

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

At 31 July 2021

Additions

Disposals

At 31 July 2022

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 August 2020

Charged during the year

Disposals

At 31 July 2021

Charged during the year

Disposals

At 31 July 2022

Net book value

At 31 July 2022

At 31 July 2021

Laboratory
infrastructure
£’000

Office equipment, 
fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Plant and
machinery
£’000

Total
£’000

3,403

—

(7)

(16)

3,380

—

(42)

3,338

3,385

2

(7)

3,380

—

(42)

3,338

—

—

555

—

(89)

—

466

—

(67)

399

476

45

(89)

432

23

(67)

388

11

34

8,467

12,425

35

(498)

16

35

(594)

—

8,020

11,866

4

(796)

4

(905)

7,228

10,965

8,301

12,162

52

(498)

99

(594)

7,855

11,667

82

(796)

105

(905)

7,141

10,867

87

165

98

199

The aggregate original cost of tangible assets now fully depreciated but considered to be still in use is £10,668,000 (2021: £11,282,000). 

Capital commitments

At 31 July 2022, the group had capital commitments amounting to £nil in respect of orders placed for capital expenditure (2021: £nil).

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 105

Notes to the financial statements continued

12. Right of use assets

Right of use assets

Cost

At 1 August 2021

Additions

Remeasurement

Disposals

At 31 July 2022

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 August 2021

Charged during the year

Remeasurement

Disposals

At 31 July 2022

Net book value

At 31 July 2022

At 1 August 2021

Lease liabilities

Opening liabilities at 1 August 2021

Additions

Lease payments

Interest charge

Closing liabilities at 31 July 2022

Total
£’000

1,253

65

18

(443)

893

913

349

18

(443)

837

56

340

Total
£’000

(678)

(65)

587

(13)

(169)

The group has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. These options are negotiated by management 
to provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the group’s business needs. Management exercises 
significant judgement in determining whether these extension and termination options are reasonably certain to be exercised.

Set out below are the undiscounted potential future rental payments related to periods following the exercise date of extension 
and termination options that are not included in the lease term:

31 July 2022

Termination options expected to be exercised

Termination options expected not to be exercised

Total

31 July 2021

Termination options expected to be exercised

Termination options expected not to be exercised

Total

Capital commitments

Within
five years
£’000

More than
five years
£’000

17

2,493

2,510

—

—

—

Within
five years
£’000

More than
five years
£’000

137

429

566

—

—

—

Total
£’000

17

2,493

2,510

Total
£’000

137

429

566

At 31 July 2022, the group had capital commitments amounting to £2,119,000 in respect of new leases (2021: £nil).

106

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements13. Intangible assets

Group

Cost

At 1 August 2020

Additions

At 31 July 2021

Additions

Disposals

At 31 July 2022

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 August 2020

Charged during the year

Impairment charge

At 31 July 2021

Charged during the year

Impairment charge

Disposals

At 31 July 2022

Net book value

At 31 July 2022

At 31 July 2021

Patents
£’000

7,311

357

7,668

115

(3,004)

4,779

3,569

618

623

4,810

498

859

(3,004)

3,163

1,616

2,858

Contingent consideration of $150,000 is payable in respect of a purchase of patents made during a previous period. The amount 
is payable if the group reaches a revenue target in a future reporting period.

Intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over ten years. Amortisation provided during the period is recognised in 
administrative expenses. The group does not believe that any of its patents in isolation are material to the business. The aggregate 
original cost of intangible assets now fully depreciated but considered to be still in use is £1,988,000 (2021: £1,026,000). 

The group continues to undertake annual reviews to identify patents which are deemed insufficiently certain to recover their 
carrying value and should therefore be allowed to lapse. As a consequence, patents with a value of £859,000 (2021: £623,000) 
have been fully impaired in these financial statements. The impairment charge is recognised within administrative expenses.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

107

Notes to the financial statements continued

14. Investment in subsidiaries

Company

At 1 August 2020

Increase in respect of share-based payments 

Cash transfer

At 31 July 2021

Shares
£’000

Share
impairment
£’000

Loans
£’000

Loan
impairment
£’000

Total
£’000

63,235

(24,006)

24,659

(24,175)

39,713

—

—

—

—

417

(2)

—

—

417

(2)

63,235

(24,006)

 25,074

(24,175)

40,128

Increase in respect of share-based payments 

—

—

619

—

619

At 31 July 2022

By subsidiary

Nanoco Tech Limited

Nanoco Life Sciences Limited

Nanoco Technologies Limited 

At 31 July 2022

63,235

(24,006)

25,693

(24,175)

40,747

63,235

(24,006)

—

—

39,229

—

—

—

—

20,286

(20,286)

5,407

(3,889)

—

1,518

63,235

(24,006)

25,693

(24,175)

40,747

Accounting standards (IAS 36 Impairment of Assets) require investments in subsidiary undertakings (equity and loans) to be 
carried at the lower of cost or recoverable value. Recoverable value is defined as the higher of fair value less costs of disposal 
(effectively net sale proceeds) and value in use. Indicators of potential impairment noted in IAS 36 (para 12) include, but are not 
limited to, situations where the carrying amount of the net assets of the entity is more than its market capitalisation (as was the 
case at the prior year end and continues to be so at the date of these financial statements) and where significant changes with 
an adverse effect on the entity have taken place during the period.

As set out in the viability statement, the Board has considered a number of scenarios, being base and downside cases. Given the 
uncertainty and risk over future income streams, and the associated potential impact on the discount rate to be used in the 
discounted cash flow, the Board has concluded that the appropriate valuation basis to use at this time for the total investments 
by Nanoco plc in Nanoco Technologies Limited (loans and equity as disclosed above and the short-term loan as disclosed in 
note 19) should be fair value rather than value in use. 

Consistent with IAS 36 and the indicator of impairment noted above in respect of net assets exceeding market capitalisation, the 
Directors have used the Company’s market capitalisation as at 31 July 2022 as its fair value less costs of disposal. While this is 
higher than in the prior year, the Directors do not believe that a sufficiently robust period of share price appreciation has 
occurred as yet to merit an upwards revision in the value of the investment, which has therefore been left unchanged.

The investment balance with Nanoco Technologies Limited arises due to the recharge for share-based payments. There is no 
immediate intention for this to be repaid.

Loans to subsidiary undertakings carry no interest. Further information in relation to these loans is given in note 27.

Subsidiary undertakings

Country of incorporation

Principal activity

Nanoco Life Sciences Limited 

England and Wales

Research and development

Nanoco Tech Limited

England and Wales

Holding company

Nanoco Technologies Limited1

England and Wales

Manufacture and development of nanoparticles

Nanoco 2D Materials Limited

England and Wales

Research and development

Nanoco US Inc.2

USA

Management services

Share of issued
ordinary share capital

31 July
2022

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

31 July
2021

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

All subsidiaries incorporated in England and Wales are registered at Science Centre, The Heath Business and Technical Park, 
Runcorn, WA7 4QX. Nanoco US Inc. is registered at 33 Bradford Street, Concord, MA 01742.

With the exception of the two companies footnoted below all other shareholdings are owned by Nanoco Group plc.

1  Share capital is owned by Nanoco Tech Limited.

2  Nanoco US Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Nanoco Tech Limited. It was formed in July 2013 primarily in order to provide the services of US-located 

staff to the rest of the group.

108

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements15. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

174

—

110

—

A total of £296,000 (2021: £204,000) was included in cost of sales with respect to the cost of inventory expensed during the year. 
Inventories are stated net of an allowance of £126,000 (2021: £136,000) in respect of excess or slow-moving items. Movement in 
the allowance was due to utilisation in the year.

16. Trade and other receivables

.

Trade receivables

Prepayments and accrued income 

Inter-company short-term loan to subsidiary

Less impairment provision

Other receivables

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

975

391

—

—

298

1,664

—

29

66,813

(66,813)

146

175

858

212

—

—

157

1,227

—

—

66,889

(66,889)

—

—

The impairment of the short-term loan is explained in note 14. The quantum of this provision will be reviewed at each reporting date.

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally due and paid within 30 to 60 days. The Directors consider that the 
carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value. However, an expected credit loss of £10,000 
(2021: £nil) has been recognised at the year end.

Other receivables include an amount of £146,000 (2021: £nil) relating to consideration due on shares awarded as part of the 
deferred bonus plan.

Trade receivables are denominated in the following currency:

US Dollars

Sterling

At 31 July the ageing analysis of trade receivables was as follows:

2022

2021

17. Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

963

12

975

—

—

—

782

76

858

Not
yet due
£’000

497

253

Past due
90 days to
120 days
£’000

1

—

Due
£’000

477

605

Past due
> 120
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

Total
£’000

975

858

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

6,762

5,497

3,813

1

Under IAS 7, cash held on long-term deposits (being deposits with original maturity of greater than three months and no more 
than twelve months) that cannot readily be converted into cash must be classified as a short-term investment. There were no 
such deposits at 31 July 2022 (2021: none).

An analysis of cash, cash equivalents and deposits by denominated currency is given in note 27.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022 109

Notes to the financial statements continued

18. Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals

Intercompany payable

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

622

113

775

—

1,510

—

—

—

638

638

677

63

877

-

1,617

—

—

80

-

 80

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value. The average credit 
period taken is 46 days (2021: 39 days). The intercompany balance of £450,000 has been reclassified from non-current to current 
in the year, reflecting the fact it is repayable on demand. Interest is not charged on inter-company loans (2021: no interest). 

19. Financial liabilities

Non-current

Long-term loan from subsidiary

Convertible Series A loan note 2028 

Accrued interest

Loan notes (net of costs)

Accrued interest on loan notes

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

—

400

127

2,989

403

3,919

—

—

—

2,989

403

3,392

—

400

92

450

—

—

2,989

2,989

6

6

3,487

3,445

The loan note issued by Nanoco 2D Materials Limited is unsecured, bears a fixed interest at 6.5% p.a. and is fully repayable with 
accrued interest in 2028 unless options to convert into shares of that company have been exercised. The note holders have a 
right to convert the loan note into shares of the subsidiary in certain circumstances but these are within the control of the 
Company. 

During the prior year, there was a non-dilutive loan note subscription with our two major shareholders, raising net proceeds 
before fees (£161,000) of £3.15 million on a loan note price of £4.50 million. The loan notes are unsecured and have a nominal value 
of £1 each, and an arrangement fee of 1.4% of the nominal amount and are repayable three years from completion, which was 26 
July 2021. The subscription price of 70 pence represents a discount to the nominal value of £1 equivalent to 12% interest per 
annum. The Company may redeem the loan notes at any time prior to their maturity at 80% of nominal value during the first year 
of the term, 90% at any time in year two, and 100% at any time in year three. In the event of a successful outcome to the Samsung 
litigation or a change of control of the Company, the loan note holders are entitled to a success bonus of 105% of the nominal 
value of the loan notes subscribed. There have been no changes in liabilities arising from financing activities other than described 
in this note.

Movement in loans

At 1 August 2020

New loan notes issued (net of fees)

Accrued interest on loan note

Interest on convertible loan

At 31 July 2021

Accrued interest on loan note

Reclassification to current liabilities

Interest on convertible loan

At 31 July 2022

110

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Group
£’000

Company
£’000

462

 2,989

6

 30

450

2,989

6

—

 3,487

 3,445

396

—

36

396

(450)

—

3,919

3,392

Financial statements20. Deferred revenue

Current

Upfront licence fees

Milestone payments

Non-current

Upfront licence fees

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

103

457

560

44

604

—

—

—

—

—

103

150

253

146

399

—

—

—

—

—

Deferred revenue arises under IFRS where upfront licence fees are accounted for on a straight-line basis over the initial term of 
the contract or where performance criteria have not been satisfied in the accounting period. 

Opening deferred revenue

Revenue booked current year

Revenue deferred

Closing deferred revenue

21. Lease liabilities

Current

Property leases

Non-current

Property leases

2022
£’000

399

2021
£’000

852

(1,620)

(1,415)

1,825

604

962

399

31 July 2022
Group
£’000

31 July 2022
Company
£’000

31 July 2021
Group
£’000

31 July 2021
Company
£’000

153

16

—

—

545

133

—

—

22. Issued equity capital

On 13 June 2022, 15,284,340 shares were issued at 37.0 pence each.

Group

Allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of 10p

At 1 August 2020

At 31 July 2021

Shares issued on placement

Shares issued on exercise of options

At 31 July 2022

Share
capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Reverse
acquisition
reserve
£’000

Number

305,699,102

30,570

305,699,102

30,570

15,284,340

1,462,302

1,528

146

117,292

117,292

3,853

—

(77,868)

(77,868)

—

—

Total
£’000

69,994

69,994

5,381

146

322,445,744

32,244

121,145

(77,868)

75,521

The balances classified as share capital and share premium include the total net proceeds (nominal value and share premium 
respectively) on issue of the Company’s equity share capital, comprising ordinary shares.

The retained loss and other equity balances recognised in the group financial statements reflect the consolidated retained loss 
and other equity balances of Nanoco Tech Limited immediately before the business combination which was reported in the year 
ended 31 July 2009. The consolidated results for the period from 1 August 2008 to the date of the acquisition by the Company are 
those of Nanoco Tech Limited. However, the equity structure appearing in the group financial statements reflects the equity 
structure of the legal parent, including the equity instruments issued under the share-for-share exchange to effect the 
transaction. The effect of using the equity structure of the legal parent gives rise to an adjustment to the group’s issued equity 
capital in the form of a reverse acquisition reserve.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

111

Notes to the financial statements continued

23. Provisions

At 1 August 2021

Transfer from accruals

Provided during the period

Utilised during the period

At 31 July 2022

Property 
dilapidations
£’000

—

242

58

(88)

212

Total
£’000

—

242

58

(88)

212

During the year, the group has undertaken a review of their accounting policies and transferred £242,000 in respect of future 
property dilapidation costs from accruals to provisions. The prior year figure has not been restated as management conclude 
that the quantum of the transfer is not material to the users of the financial statements and note that both provisions and 
accruals are presented within current liabilities.

The provision relates to the potential dilapidation costs from the exit of all it’s premises. Because of the long term nature of the 
liability, there is uncertainty in estimating the provision. The extent and cost of potential dilapidation costs represent a best 
estimate applied across the group’s lease portfolio based on past experience, the extent of remediation work required and the 
expected timing of activity, for which there is a high level of uncertainty.

During the year, part of the provision was utilised against the exit of the Manchester premises.

24. Share-based payment reserve

Group and Company

At 1 August 2020

Share-based payments 

At 31 July 2021

Share-based payments 

Exercise of share options

At 31 July 2022

£’000

3,901

417

4,318

619

(21)

4,916

The share-based payment reserve accumulates the corresponding credit entry in respect of share-based payment charges. 
Movements in the reserve are disclosed in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

A charge of £619,000 has been recognised in the statement of comprehensive income for the year (2021: charge of £417,000).

Share option schemes

The group operates the following share option schemes, all of which are operated as Enterprise Management Incentive (“EMI”) 
schemes insofar as the share options being issued meet the EMI criteria as defined by HM Revenue & Customs. Share options 
issued that do not meet EMI criteria are issued as unapproved share options, but are subject to the same exercise performance 
conditions. 

Nanoco Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

Grant in October 2012

Share options were granted to staff and Executive Directors on 22 October 2012. The options granted to Executive Directors were 
subject to commercial targets being achieved. The exercise price was set at 57 pence, being the average closing share price on 
the day preceding the issue of the share options. The fair value benefit is measured using a binomial model, taking into account 
the terms and conditions upon which the share options were issued. Share options issued to staff vest over a three-year period 
from the date of grant and are exercisable until the tenth anniversary of the award, but are not subject to performance conditions.

112

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements24. Share-based payment reserve continued

Share option schemes continued

Nanoco Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) continued

Grant in May 2014

Share options were granted to certain staff on 23 May 2014. The exercise price was set at 89 pence, being the average closing 
share price on the three days preceding the issue of the share options. The fair value benefit is measured using a binomial model, 
taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the share options were issued. The options vested at the end of three 
years from the date of grant and are exercisable until the tenth anniversary of the award. The awards were not subject to 
performance conditions. Vesting of the award was subject to the employees remaining full-time members of staff at the point of 
vesting. No options were granted to Executive Directors.

Grant in October 2014

Share options were granted to a member of staff on 14 October 2014. The exercise price was set at 56.5 pence, being the 
average closing share price on the days preceding the issue of the share options. The fair value benefit is measured using a 
binomial model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the share options were issued. The options vested at 
the end of three years from the date of grant and are exercisable until the tenth anniversary of the award. The awards were not 
subject to performance conditions. Vesting of the award was subject to the employees remaining full-time members of staff at 
the point of vesting. Vesting of the award is subject to the employee remaining a full-time member of staff at the point of vesting.

Nanoco Group plc 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

Grants in December 2015 (fully lapsed), April 2016 (fully lapsed), November 2017 (fully lapsed), November 2018 (fully lapsed), October 
2020, October 2021 and November 2022

Following approval of the new scheme at the 2015 AGM, share options have been granted to Executive Directors and key staff on 
a number of occasions at nil cost, and have an exercise price of nil. The fair value benefit is measured using a stochastic model, 
taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the share options are issued. In each case, the options vest at the end 
of the three-year performance period subject to meeting the performance criteria (as detailed in the Directors’ remuneration 
report) in each reporting period and are exercisable after a two-year holding period until the tenth anniversary of the award. 

Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”)

On 22 November 2016, awards in the form of nil-cost options were granted to the Executive Directors in respect of 50% of their 
bonuses for the year ended 31 July 2016 which are delivered in the form of a share award under the DBP. The awards vested 
during FY19, after the required two-year holding period.

On 31 October 2019 and 10 December 2019, awards in the form of nil-cost options were granted to the Executive Directors in 
respect of 100% of their bonuses for the year ended 31 July 2019 which were delivered in the form of a share award under the DBP. 
The awards vested during FY22, after the required two-year holding period.

On 9 November 2021, awards in the form of nil-cost options were granted to the Executive Directors in respect of 100% of their 
bonuses for the year ended 31 July 2021 which are delivered in the form of a share award under the DBP. The awards will vest in 
FY23, after the required two-year holding period.

The following tables illustrate the number and weighted average exercise prices of, and movements in, share options during the year.

Group and Company

Outstanding at 1 August

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Forfeited during the year

Expired during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 July 2022

Exercisable at 31 July 2022

2022 total
Number

2021 total
Number

20,580,246

17,681,547

6,806,783

8,462,165

(1,462,302)2

—

(260,466)

(236,529)

(1,921,403)

(1,299,404)1

(3,922,506)

(4,027,533)

19,820,352

20,580,246

5,048,399

7,582,097

1  The total number of expired options for 2021 has been updated to 1,299,404 from 445,000 to appropriately reflect the movement in the total number of 

share options for the comparative year. This has no impact on the charge recognised in the current or comparative year.

2  For the share options exercised during the year, the exercise price payable is at the nominal value of shares issued of 10p.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

113

Notes to the financial statements continued

24. Share-based payment reserve continued

Weighted average exercise price of options

Group and Company

Outstanding at 1 August

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Expired during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 July 2022

2022
Pence

28.8

—

—

50.0

60.3

8.9

2021
Pence

37.5

—

—

66.8

—

28.8

The weighted average exercise price of options granted during the year to 31 July 2022 was nil (2021: nil). The range of exercise 
prices for options outstanding at the end of the year was nil-89 pence (2021: nil–110.00 pence). The weighted average exercise 
price of options exercisable at the 31 July 2022 was 35 pence (2021: 112 pence).

For the share options outstanding as at 31 July 2022, the weighted average remaining contractual life is 6.59 years (2021: 6.42 years). 
The aggregate fair value of options issued in the year was £1,009,000 (2021: £330,000).

The following table lists the inputs to the models used for the years ended 31 July 2022 and 31 July 2021.

Group and Company

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life of options (years average)

Weighted average exercise price

Weighted average share price at date of grant

Expected dividends

Model used

Market  
performance-linked grants

Non-market
performance-linked grants

2022

112.3%

0.50%

3

£nil

22.30p

—

2021

110.6%

0.00%

3

£nil

9.67p

—

Stochastic

Stochastic

2022

N/A

N/A

2

£nil

22.30p

—

Black-
Scholes

2021

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. 
The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not 
necessarily be the actual outcome.

Certain awards are subject to a holding period after vesting. A Finnerty model has been used to determine a discount for the 
lack of marketability of the shares.

25. Merger reserve and capital redemption reserve

Merger reserve

Group

At 1 August 2020, 31 July 2021 and 31 July 2022

£’000

(1,242)

The merger reserve arises under section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 on the shares issued by Nanoco Tech Limited to acquire 
Nanoco Technologies Limited as part of a simple group reorganisation on 27 June 2007.

Capital redemption reserve

Company

At 1 August 2020, 31 July 2021 and 31 July 2022

£’000

(4,402)

The capital redemption reserve arises from the off-market purchase of deferred shares on 4 May 2005 and their 
subsequent cancellation.

114

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements26. Movement in accumulated losses 

Group

At 1 August 2020

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

At 31 July 2021

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

At 31 July 2022

Profit
and
loss
£’000

(65,607)

(4,395)

—

(70,002)

(4,697)

—

(74,699)

Foreign 
currency
translation
reserve
£’000

Treasury
shares
£’000

Total
accumulated
losses
£’000

4

—

—

4

—

—

4

(20)

—

—

 (20)

—

—

(65,623)

(4,395)

—

(70,018)

(4,697)

—

(20)

(74,715)

Profit and loss represents the cumulative loss attributable to the equity holders of the Parent Company.

Historically, treasury shares included the value of Nanoco Group plc shares issued as jointly owned equity shares and held by 
the Nanoco Group-sponsored EBT jointly with a number of the group’s employees. At 31 July 2022 no shares in the Company 
were held by the EBT (2021: nil). In addition there are 12,222 (2021: 12,222) treasury shares not held by the EBT.

Company

At 1 August 2020

Loss for the year 

At 31 July 2021

Loss for the year 

At 31 July 2022

27. Financial risk management

Overview

Accumulated
 losses
£’000

(113,442)

(6,516)

(119,958)

(340)

Treasury
shares
£’000

Total
accumulated
losses
£’000

(20)

—

(20)

—

(113,462)

(6,516)

(119,978)

(340)

(120,298)

(20)

(120,318)

This note presents information about the group’s exposure to various kinds of financial risks, the group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for measuring and managing risk, and the group’s management of capital.

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the group’s risk management framework. 
The Executive Directors report regularly to the Board on group risk management.

Capital risk management

The Company reviews its forecast capital requirements on a half-yearly basis to ensure that entities in the group will be able to 
continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders.

The capital structure of the group consists of equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent, comprising issued share capital, 
reserves and accumulated losses as disclosed in notes 22 to 26 and in the group statement of changes in equity. At 31 July 2022 
total equity was £4,334,000 (2021: £3,052,000).

The Company is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

Liquidity risk

The group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure that, as far as possible, it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its 
liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the 
group’s reputation.

The group manages all of its external bank relationships centrally in accordance with defined treasury policies. The policies 
include the minimum acceptable credit rating of relationship banks and financial transaction authority limits. Any material 
change to the group’s principal banking facility requires Board approval. The group seeks to mitigate the risk of bank failure 
by ensuring that it maintains relationships with a number of investment-grade banks.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

115

Notes to the financial statements continued

27. Financial risk management continued

Categorisation of financial instruments

Financial assets/(liabilities)

31 July 2022

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Inter-company short-term loan to subsidiary

Less impairment provision

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Loan notes and accrued interest

Inter-company payable

Financial assets/(liabilities)

31 July 2021

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Inter-company short-term loan to subsidiary

Less impairment provision

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Loan notes and accrued interest

Inter-company long-term loan from subsidiary

Financial
assets at
amortised
cost
£’000

Financial
liabilities at
amortised
cost
£’000

Financial assets  
and liabilities at  
amortised cost

Group
£’000

Company
£’000

8,035

(5,598)

(2,437)

6,762

975

298

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1,510)

(169)

(3,919)

—

Financial
assets at
amortised
cost
£’000

Financial
liabilities at
amortised
cost
£’000

 —

—

—

—

—

(1,617)

(678)

 3,813

858

157

—

—

—

—

—

—

6,762

5,497

975

298

—

—

(1,510)

(169)

—

146

66,813

(66,813)

(188)

—

(3,919)

(3,392)

—

(450)

1,613

Financial assets  
and liabilities at  
amortised cost

Group
£’000

Company
£’000

 3,813

858

157

—

—

(1,617)

(678)

1 

—

—

66,889

(66,889)

(80)

—

(3,487)

(3,487)

(2,995)

—

—

(450)

4,828

(5,782)

(954)

(3,524)

The values disclosed in the above table are carrying values. The Board considers that the carrying amount of financial assets 
and liabilities approximates to their fair value. 

The main risks arising from the group’s financial instruments are credit risk and foreign currency risk. The Board of Directors reviews 
and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below.

Credit risk

The group’s principal financial assets are cash, cash equivalents and deposits. The group seeks to limit the level of credit risk on the 
cash balances by only depositing surplus liquid funds with multiple counterparty banks that have investment-grade credit ratings.

The group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties. Receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with 
the result that the group’s exposure to bad debts is not significant. The group’s maximum exposure is the carrying amount as 
disclosed in note 16, which was neither past due nor impaired. All trade receivables are ultimately overseen by the CFO and are 
managed on a day-to-day basis by the UK finance team. Credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer.

The maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to cash, cash equivalents and deposits is the carrying value at the balance sheet date.

116

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements27. Financial risk management continued

Foreign currency risk 

The group is exposed to currency risk on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the respective functional 
currency of the Company. These are primarily US Dollars (“USD”) and Euros. Transactions outside of these currencies are limited.

Almost all of the Company’s revenue is denominated in USD. The group purchases some raw materials, certain services and some 
assets in USD which partly offsets its USD revenue, thereby reducing net foreign exchange exposure.

The group may use forward exchange contracts as an economic hedge against currency risk, where cash flows can be judged 
with reasonable certainty. Foreign exchange swaps and options may be used to hedge foreign currency receipts in the event 
that the timing of the receipt is less certain. There were no open forward contracts as at 31 July 2022 or at 31 July 2021.

The split of group assets between Sterling and other currencies at the year end is analysed as follows (Company assets are 
all in Sterling):

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Trade payables

GBP
£’000

6,547

12

(614)

5,945

31 July 2022

EUR
£’000

30

—

(1)

29

USD
£’000

185

963

(7)

1,141

Total
£’000

6,762

975

(622)

7,115

GBP
£’000

3,255

76

(669)

2,662

31 July 2021

EUR
£’000

65

—

(1)

64

USD
£’000

493

782

(7)

Total
£’000

3,813

858

(677)

1,268

3,994

All other categories of assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position are denominated in Sterling.

Sensitivity analysis to movement in exchange rates

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the Sterling rate against other currencies 
used within the business, with all other variables held constant, of the group’s loss before tax (due to foreign exchange translation 
of monetary assets and liabilities) and the group’s equity.

Increase/(decrease)

10%

5%

(5%) 

(10%)

Interest rate risk

Impact
on loss
before tax
and group
equity
2022
£’000

Impact
on loss
before tax
and group
equity
2021
£’000

132

62

(56)

(108)

150

71

(64)

(123)

As the group’s borrowing is in the form of loan notes with a fixed rate of return, interest rate risk is limited to the reduction of 
interest received on cash surpluses held at bank which receive a floating rate of interest. The principal impact to the group is to 
interest-bearing cash and cash equivalent balances held, which are as set out below:

Group

Cash and cash equivalents 

Loan notes

Company

Cash and cash equivalents 

Loan notes

The exposure to interest rate movements is immaterial.

31 July 2022

Fixed
rate
£’000

Floating
rate
£’000

—

6,762

Total
£’000

6,762

31 July 2021

Floating
rate
£’000

Fixed
rate
£’000

—

3,813

Total
£’000

3,813

(3,919)

—

(3,919)

(3,389)

—

(3,389)

—

5,497

5,497

—

(3,392)

—

(3,392)

(2,989)

1

—

1

(2,989)

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

117

Notes to the financial statements continued

27. Financial risk management continued

Maturity profile

Set out below is the maturity profile of the group’s financial liabilities at 31 July 2022 and 31 July 2021 based on contractual 
undiscounted payments, including contractual interest.

2022

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Loans (including contractual interest)

2021

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Convertible loan (including contractual interest)

Less than
one year
£’000

1,728

41

—

1,769

Less than
one year
£’000

1,617

545

—

2,162

One to
five
years
£’000

—

128

3,392

3,520

One to
five
years
£’000

—

133

4,150

4,283

Greater
than five
years
£’000

—

—

527

527

Greater
than five
years
£’000

—

—

751

751

Total
£’000

1,728

169

3,919

5,816

Total
£’000

1,617

678

4,901

7,196

Trade and other payables are due within three months.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of the financial liabilities approximates to their fair value.

As all financial assets are expected to mature within the next twelve months, an aged analysis of financial assets has not 
been presented.

118

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements28. Related party transactions

The group

There were no sales to, purchases from or, at the year end, balances with any related party.

The Company

The following table summarises inter-company balances at the year end between Nanoco Group plc and subsidiary entities:

Long-term loans owed to Nanoco Group plc by

Nanoco Life Sciences Limited

Nanoco Technologies Limited1

Less provision against debt owed by Nanoco Life Sciences Limited

Less provision against debt owed by Nanoco Technologies Limited

Short-term loan owed to Nanoco Group plc by

Nanoco Technologies Limited2

Less impairment provision

Intercompany payable by Nanoco Group plc to

Nanoco Tech Limited

Nanoco US Inc

Notes

31 July 2022
£’000

31 July 2021
£’000

20,286

20,286

5,407

4,788

25,693

 25,074

(20,286)

(20,286)

(3,889)

 (3,889)

1,518

 899

66,813

66,889

(66,813)

(66,889)

—

—

(450)

(188)

(450)

—

14

14

16

16

18

18

1  The movement in the long-term loan due from Nanoco Technologies Limited relates to the recharge in respect of the expense for share-based payments 

for staff working for Nanoco Technologies Limited and is included in investments.

2  The movement in the short-term loan due from Nanoco Technologies Limited relates to transfers of cash balances between the entities for the purposes 

of investing short-term funds and the funding of trading losses.

There are no formal terms of repayment in place for these loans and it has been confirmed by the Directors that the long-term 
loans will not be recalled within the next twelve months.

None of the loans are interest-bearing.

There is no controlling party of the group or Company.

29. Compensation of key management personnel (including Directors)

Short-term employee benefits

Pension costs

Share-based payments

2022
£’000

644

39

624

1,307

2021
£’000

710

20

189

919

The key management team comprises the Executive Directors and one member of staff (2021: two) who are not Directors of the 
Company. The staff member of the team is the Operations Director.

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

119

Investor information

Directors 

Independent auditors 

Dr Christopher Richards  

Non-Executive Chairman 

Mazars LLP 

Brian Tenner  

  Chief Executive Officer 

Dr Nigel Pickett  

  Chief Technology Officer 

1 St Peter’s Square 
Manchester M2 3DE 

Liam Gray 

  Chief Financial Officer

Dr Alison Fielding  

Senior Independent and 
Non-Executive Director

Chris Batterham  

Non-Executive Director 

Secretary 

Liam Gray 

Registered office 

Science Centre 
The Heath Business and Technical Park 
Heath Road South 
Runcorn WA7 4QE

Website 

www.nanocotechnologies.com 

Legal adviser 

Reed Smith LLP 

The Broadgate Tower  
20 Primrose Street  
London EC2A 2RS 

Investor relations 

MHP Communications 

6 Agar Street  
London WC2N 4HN 

Joint Corporate Brokers 

Peel Hunt LLP 

120 London Wall  
London EC2Y 5ET 

Turner Pope Investments

8 Frederick’s Place 
London EC2R 8AB

Registrar 

Neville Registrars 

Neville House  
Steelpark Road  
Halesowen B62 8HD

120

Nanoco Group plc  –  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
CBP015361

Nanoco Group plc’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in 
this Annual Report, which has been printed on Arena Smooth Extra White, 
an FSC® certified material. This document was printed by Pureprint Group 
using its environmental print technology, with 99% of dry waste diverted from 
landfill, minimising the impact of printing on the environment. The printer is 
a CarbonNeutral® company. Both the printer and the paper mill are 
registered to ISO 14001.

Nanoco Group plc

The Science Centre 
The Heath Business and 
Technical Park 
Runcorn 
WA7 4QX